NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORP
424B2, 1996-09-16
MISCELLANEOUS BUSINESS CREDIT INSTITUTION
Previous: SPACEHAB INC \WA\, 10-K405, 1996-09-16
Next: WASHINGTON BANCORP, DEF 14A, 1996-09-16




PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT (TO PROSPECTUS (AS DEFINED BELOW) DATED APRIL 11, 1996)


                        NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET TRUST
          $169,810,862 Class A 6.87% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-2
                   NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, Seller,
                      NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC., Servicer


     The Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust (the "Trust" or the "Issuer") has
been formed pursuant to a Pooling, Collateral Agency and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of April 15, 1996, among Newcourt Receivables Corporation ("NRC"), as
Seller, Newcourt Credit Group Inc. ("Newcourt"), as Servicer, Fleet National
Bank, as collateral agent (the "Collateral Agent"), and Chase Manhattan Bank
Delaware, as issuer trustee (the "Issuer Trustee"), and will issue $169,810,862
aggregate principal amount of Class A 6.87% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-2
(the "Series 1996-2 Class A Notes").  The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be
issued pursuant to an Indenture, to be dated as of September 17, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Trust and Fleet National Bank, as Indenture Trustee
(the "Indenture Trustee").  The Trust will also issue $7,383,081 aggregate
principal amount of Class B 7.54% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-2 (the
"Series 1996-2 Class B Notes") and $7,383,081 aggregate principal amount of
Class C 9.22% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-2 (the "Series 1996-2 Class C
Notes"; together with the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes, the "Series 1996-2
Subordinated Notes"; and together with the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, and the
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes, the "Series 1996-2 Notes").  In addition, the
Trust has previously issued $119,656,814 aggregate principal amount of Class A
6.79% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-1 of which $101,897,526 will be
outstanding as of the Series Closing Date (the "Series 1996-1 Class A Notes"),
$5,202,470 aggregate principal amount of Class B 7.53% Asset Backed Notes,
Series 1996-1 of which $4,684,748 will be outstanding as of the Series Closing
Date (the "Series 1996-1 Class B Notes") and $5,202,470 aggregate principal
amount of Class C 9.05% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-1 of which $4,684,748
will be outstanding as of the Series Closing Date (the "Series 1996-1 Class C
Notes"; together with the Series 1996-1 Class A Notes, and the Series 1996-1
Class B Notes, the "Series 1996-1 Notes").  The Series 1996-2 Subordinated
Notes together with all other outstanding Subordinated Notes (as defined in the
Prospectus) heretofore and from time to time hereafter issued by the Trust are
subordinated to the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes and all other outstanding Class
A Notes (as defined in the Prospectus) heretofore and from time to time
hereafter issued by the Trust, as described herein and in the Prospectus.  The
Series 1996-2 Subordinated Notes are not being offered and sold hereunder.  The
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will rank pari passu with all other outstanding
Class A Notes heretofore and from time to time hereafter issued by the Trust as
described herein and in the Prospectus.  The property of the Trust (the "Trust
Assets") does and will include a pool of contracts (collectively, the
"Contracts") consisting of (i) conditional sale agreements, promissory notes
with or without related security agreements, operating and finance leases, 

                                                 (cover continued on next page)
<PAGE>
                           _________________________

THE SERIES 1996-2 CLASS A NOTES ARE SECURED BY THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST. THE
PROCEEDS OF THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST AND AMOUNTS ON DEPOSIT IN THE RESERVE
ACCOUNT ARE THE ONLY SOURCES OF PAYMENTS ON THE SERIES 1996-2 CLASS A NOTES.
THE SERIES 1996-2 CLASS A NOTES WILL NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION
OF, AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY, THE ISSUER TRUSTEE, NEWCOURT CREDIT
GROUP INC., NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                           _________________________

     Prospective investors should consider the factors set forth under "Risk
Factors" beginning on page 15 in the Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Price to              Underwriting             Proceeds to
                                               Public<F1>               Discount             Seller<F1><F2>
                                         ---------------------   ---------------------    ---------------------
<S>                                      <C>                     <C>                     <C>
Per Class A Note  . . . . . . . . . .           99.9990%                0.3000%                 99.6990%
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $169,809,164              $509,433              $169,299,731

<FN>
<F1> Plus accrued interest, if any, on the Class A Notes, from August 1, 1996.
<F2> Before deduction of expenses estimated to be $175,000.
</TABLE>

                           _________________________

First Union Capital Markets Corp.
                                  Deutsche Morgan Grenfell
                                                                Lehman Brothers 

The date of this Prospectus Supplement is September 12, 1996
<PAGE>
continued from previous page

installment payment agreements, and similar types of financing agreements with
end-users (each, an "End-User") of the Equipment, Software and Services
described below (such Contracts, "End-User Contracts") and meeting eligibility
requirements specified herein and in the Prospectus, and in each case with
respect to certain information technology, communications, commercial,
industrial, transportation, resources and construction equipment (the
"Equipment"), certain computer software (the "Software") and related support
and consulting services (the "Services"; together with Equipment and Software,
the "Financed Items"), together with certain rights of the Financing
Originators (as hereinafter defined) under vendor finance program agreements
and vendor assignments with vendors of the Financed Items, collections thereon,
the Equipment or a security interest in the Equipment, as more fully described
herein and in the Prospectus, and (ii) limited or full recourse promissory
notes payable by vendors (such notes, "Vendor Notes") and secured by the
vendor's interest in End-User Contracts originated by such vendor (End-User
Contracts securing Vendor Notes being collectively referred to as "Secondary
Contracts"), and by the Equipment related to such End-User Contracts.  The
Series 1996-2 Notes as well as each other outstanding Series of Notes
heretofore and hereafter issued from time to time by the Trust will be secured
by the Trust Assets pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.  The Seller has
acquired, in the case of the Initial Contracts, or will acquire, in the case of
other Contracts, the Contracts (or interests therein securing Vendor Notes),
the Equipment (or interests therein) and related assets from the Financing
Originators.
<PAGE>
                           _________________________

     The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes are offered by the Underwriters, subject
to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by the Underwriters and
subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the
Underwriters.  The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel, or
modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.  It is expected
that delivery of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be made only in book-
entry form through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, Cedel Bank,
Societe Anonyme and the Euroclear System.
                           _________________________

         The Trust may from time to time offer other Series of Notes which will
be payable from the assets of the Trust and amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account and which may have terms significantly different from the Series 1996-2
Notes.

         Interest on the Series 1996-2 Notes will be payable monthly on the
20th day of each month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day) commencing on September 20, 1996 (each, a
"Distribution Date").  The interest rate for the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes
will be 6.87% per annum.  The interest rate for the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes
will be 7.54% per annum. The interest rate for the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes
will be 9.22% per annum.  Principal of the Series 1996-2 Notes will be payable
on each Distribution Date to the extent described herein and in the Prospectus.

         The Maturity Date for all of the Series 1996-2 Notes will be June 20,
2004.  However, the actual payment in full of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes
and the Series 1996-2 Subordinated Notes could occur sooner.

         The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be represented by certificates
that will be registered in the name of CEDE & Co., the nominee of The
Depository Trust Company.  The interests of holders of beneficial interests in
the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be represented by book entries on the
records of The Depository Trust Company and participating members thereof. 
Definitive Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be available to the Series 1996-2
Class A Noteholders only under the limited circumstances described under
"Description of the Notes--Definitive Class A Notes" in the Prospectus.

         There is currently no secondary market for the Series 1996-2 Class A
Notes, and there is no assurance that one will develop or, if one does develop,
that it will continue until the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes are paid in full.
                           _________________________

         THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT
THE OFFERING OF THE SERIES 1996-2 CLASS A NOTES.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS
CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL.  SALES OF THE SERIES
1996-2 CLASS A NOTES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED
BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.
                           _________________________
<PAGE>
         IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE SERIES
1996-2 CLASS A NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Commission maintains a Web site at "http://www.sec.gov" which
contains information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission.
<PAGE>
                            SUMMARY OF SERIES TERMS

         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere herein and in the Prospectus.  Certain
capitalized terms used in this summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus
Supplement and a listing of the pages on which such terms are defined is found
in the "Index of Terms".  Certain capitalized terms used in this summary but
not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Prospectus.

Issuer  . . . . . . . . . .  Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust, a Delaware
                             business trust (the "Trust" or the "Issuer").  The
                             principal executive offices of the Trust are in
                             Wilmington, Delaware, in care of the Issuer
                             Trustee, at the address of the Issuer Trustee
                             specified below.  

Seller  . . . . . . . . . .  Newcourt Receivables Corporation ("NRC"), a
                             Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary
                             of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc., a Delaware
                             corporation ("Newcourt USA"), which, in turn, is a
                             wholly-owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group
                             Inc. ("Newcourt").  The principal executive
                             offices of the Seller are located at Ten Almaden
                             Boulevard, Suite 500, San Jose, California 95113.

Servicer  . . . . . . . . .  Newcourt Credit Group Inc., an Ontario
                             corporation.  The principal executive offices of
                             the Servicer are located at BCE Place, 181 Bay
                             Street, Suite 3500, P.O. Box 827, Toronto,
                             Ontario, Canada M5J 2T3.

Subservicers  . . . . . . .  As described in the Prospectus (see "Credit and
                             Contract Servicing Procedures--Contract
                             Collections" in the Prospectus), Newcourt
                             Financial USA Inc. may perform limited servicing
                             duties.

Issuer Trustee  . . . . . .  Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware.  The principal
                             executive offices of the Issuer Trustee are
                             located at 1201 Market Street, Wilmington,
                             Delaware 19801.

Indenture Trustee . . . . .  Fleet National Bank.  The principal executive
                             offices of the Indenture Trustee are located at
                             777 Main Street, 11th Floor, Hartford, Connecticut
                             06115. 

Collateral Agent  . . . . .  Fleet National Bank.  The principal executive
                             offices of the Collateral Agent are located at 777
                             Main Street, 11th Floor, Hartford, Connecticut
                             06115. 
<PAGE>
Financing Originator  . . .  Newcourt Financial USA Inc. (the "Financing
                             Originator"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
                             Newcourt USA.

Series Cutoff Date  . . . .  July 31, 1996.

Series Closing Date . . . .  September 17, 1996.

The Notes . . . . . . . . .  Class A 6.87% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-2
                             (the "Series 1996-2 Class A Notes") in the
                             aggregate initial principal amount of $169,810,862
                             (the "Initial Series 1996-2 Class A Principal
                             Amount").  The Trust will also issue Class B 7.54%
                             Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-2 (the "Series
                             1996-2 Class B Notes")  in the aggregate initial
                             principal amount of $7,383,081 (the "Initial
                             Series 1996-2 Class B Principal Amount") and Class
                             C 9.22% Asset Backed Notes, Series 1996-2 (the
                             "Series 1996-2 Class C Notes" and, together with
                             the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes and the Series
                             1996-2 Class B Notes, the "Series 1996-2 Notes")
                             in the aggregate initial principal amount of
                             $7,383,081 (the "Initial Series 1996-2 Class C
                             Principal Amount").  In addition, the Trust has
                             previously issued $119,656,814 aggregate principal
                             amount of the Series 1996-1 Class A Notes of which
                             $101,897,526 will be outstanding as of the Series
                             Closing Date, $5,202,470 aggregate principal
                             amount of the Series 1996-1 Class B Notes of which
                             $4,684,748 will be outstanding as of the Series
                             Closing Date and $5,202,470 aggregate principal
                             amount of the Series 1996-1 Class C Notes of which
                             $4,684,748 will be outstanding as of the Series
                             Closing Date.  The Series 1996-2 Class B Notes are
                             subordinated to the Class A Notes of all Series to
                             the extent set forth herein and in the Prospectus
                             and are not being offered or sold hereunder.  The
                             Series 1996-2 Class C Notes are subordinated to
                             the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes of all
                             Series to the extent set forth herein and in the
                             Prospectus and are not being offered or sold
                             hereunder.

                             The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be available
                             for purchase in denominations of $1,000 and
                             integral multiples thereof (except for one Class A
                             Note which, for rounding purposes, may be less
                             than an integral multiple thereof) in book-entry
                             form only.  The holders of Series 1996-2 Class A
                             Notes will not be entitled to receive a definitive
                             Series 1996-2 Class A Note except in the event
                             that definitive Series 1996-2 Class A Notes are
<PAGE>
                             issued in the limited circumstances described in
                             the Prospectus.  See "Description of the
                             Notes--Definitive Class A Notes" in the
                             Prospectus.  The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will
                             be issued pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as
                             of September 17, 1996 (the "Indenture") among the
                             Issuer, the Collateral Agent, NRC and the
                             Indenture Trustee.

Class A Interest Rate . . .  6.87% per annum.

Class B Interest Rate . . .  7.54% per annum.

Class C Interest Rate . . .  9.22% per annum.

Subordinated Note Rate  . .  For purposes of calculating the Series Discount
                             Rate applicable to the Series 1996-2 Notes, the
                             Subordinated Note Rate is 14.96%.

Minimum Amount  . . . . . .  For the Series 1996-2 Notes, $4,152,983.

Excess Spread Amount  . . .  On each Distribution Date, a portion of the Series
                             ADCB will be available for payment of principal on
                             the Series 1996-2  Class A Notes and the Series
                             1996-2 Class B Notes, in accordance with the
                             allocation method set forth under "Description of
                             the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  See
                             "Description of the Series 1996-2 Notes--Excess
                             Spread Amount".

Trust Assets  . . . . . . .  The Trust Assets will include (i) (x) the
                             Contracts transferred to the Trust in connection
                             with the Series 1996-1 Notes and which are
                             outstanding on the Series Closing Date (the
                             "Series 1996-1 Contracts"), with an aggregate
                             Discounted Contract Balance (the "Series 1996-1
                             ADCB") of $111,267,022 as of the Series Cutoff
                             Date (y) Additional Contracts transferred to the
                             Trust as of the Series Cutoff Date in connection
                             with the Series 1996-2 Notes with an aggregate
                             Discounted Contract Balance (the "Series 1996-2
                             ADCB") of $184,577,024 as of the Series Cutoff
                             Date and (z) Additional Contracts transferred from
                             time to time prior to the Commitment Termination
                             Date to the Trust in connection with the issuance
                             of additional Series of Notes as described herein
                             and in the Prospectus, (ii) all monies due or to
                             become due thereunder after, for each Contract,
                             the Cutoff Date specified therefor in the
                             Supplement executed in connection with the
                             transfer of such Contracts to the Trust, (iii) the
                             related Equipment (or a security interest
<PAGE>
                             therein), (iv) with respect to Contracts which are
                             Vendor Notes, the Applicable Security related
                             thereto, (v) such amounts as from time to time may
                             be held in (A) the Collection Account and (B) the
                             Reserve Account, other than earnings on funds in
                             any such account, (vi) the rights of the Financing
                             Originators under certain Vendor Agreements
                             insofar as such rights relate to the Contracts
                             (including Additional Contracts) transferred to
                             the Trust, (vii) the rights of the Seller under
                             the Purchase Agreements other than certain rights
                             of indemnification from the Financing Originator
                             to the Seller and (viii) proceeds of all of the
                             foregoing.

                             On the Series Closing Date, the Contracts will
                             consist of the Series 1996-1 Contracts which
                             remain outstanding and the Series 1996-2 Contracts
                             (collectively, the "Transferred Contracts"); the
                             Equipment will consist of the Equipment (or
                             security interest therein) related to the
                             Transferred Contracts; and the Applicable Security
                             will consist of the Applicable Security related to
                             the Transferred Contracts which are Vendor Notes.
                             Subsequent to the Series Closing Date, the Seller
                             at its option may (at any time prior to the
                             Commitment Termination Date) sell to the Trust
                             Additional Contracts and interests in related
                             Equipment and Applicable Security, subject to
                             certain terms and conditions described herein and
                             in the Prospectus.  See "The Trust Assets--
                             Additional Contracts" and "Description of the
                             Notes--New Issuances; Addition of Trust Assets" in
                             the Prospectus.  Such additions, if any, will be
                             made in connection with the issuance of additional
                             Series of Notes.  None of the Seller, the
                             Servicer, the Issuer Trustee or the Trust is
                             required or intends to obtain the consent of the
                             Series 1996-2 Noteholders to issue any additional
                             Series or to add any Additional Contracts in
                             connection therewith.  The Trust is entitled to
                             all Collections on the Series 1996-1 Contracts and
                             will be entitled to all collections with respect
                             to the Series 1996-2 Contracts due on or after the
                             Series Cutoff Date, and will be entitled to all
                             collections with respect to the Additional
                             Contracts due on or after the Cutoff Date
                             specified in the Supplement executed in connection
                             with the transfer of such Contracts to the Trust. 
                             The Transferred Contracts and any Additional
                             Contracts (other than any of the foregoing which
                             have been re-assigned to the Seller or have been
<PAGE>
                             paid or prepaid in full) will individually be
                             referred to as "Contracts" and collectively will
                             comprise the "Contract Pool".  

                             Each Series will be secured by all Trust Assets,
                             and an Event of Default under any Series will
                             constitute an Event of Default under all Series. 
                             See "Description of the Series 1996-2 Notes--
                             Events of Default and Restricting Events".  

                             The Servicer may agree to the early termination or
                             full prepayment of any Contract included in the
                             Contract Pool on the terms and subject to the
                             conditions described in "Description of the Notes
                             --Prepaid Contracts" in the Prospectus.

                             Additional Contracts will be required to meet such
                             criteria as may be required from time to time by
                             the Rating Agency; provided, however, that
                             Additional Contracts may not be added to the
                             Contract Pool (i) following the Commitment
                             Termination Date or (ii) unless such addition
                             would not result in the Rating Agency reducing or
                             withdrawing its rating of the Series 1996-2 Class
                             A Notes.  See "The Contracts" and "The Pooling
                             Agreement--Representations and Warranties" in the
                             Prospectus.

Transferred Contracts . . .  The Transferred Contracts cover a variety of new
                             and used information technology, communications,
                             commercial, industrial, transportation, resources
                             and construction equipment, computer software and
                             related services.

                             The Transferred Contracts have been selected by
                             the Financing Originator from its portfolio of
                             CSAs, Secured and Unsecured Notes, Leases, IPAs,
                             Financing Agreements and Vendor Notes, have the
                             characteristics specified in the Pooling Agreement
                             and described herein and in the Prospectus and
                             were purchased by the Seller (i) in the case of
                             Series 1996-1 Contracts transferred by the Seller
                             to the Trust in connection with the Series 1996-1
                             Notes, under the Series 1996-1 Purchase Agreements
                             and (ii) in the case of Series 1996-2 Contracts
                             transferred by the Seller to the Trust as of the
                             Series Cutoff Date, under the Series 1996-2
                             Purchase Agreement.  See "The Pooling Agreement
                             Generally--Representations and Warranties" and
                             "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus and "The Trust
                             Assets--Initial Contracts" and "--Other Pool Data"
                             herein.  Certain of the Contracts (the "PBCC
<PAGE>
                             Contracts") transferred to the Trust as of the
                             Series Cutoff Date and purchased by the Seller
                             under the Series 1996-2 Purchase Agreement were
                             acquired by the Financing Originator from Pitney
                             Bowes Credit Corporation ("PBCC") on June 28,
                             1996.  The PBCC Contracts consist of a portfolio
                             of End-User Contracts and Vendor Notes secured by
                             Secondary Contracts and the related Equipment and
                             Applicable Security.  The PBCC Contracts and each
                             related Vendor, have been re-underwritten by the
                             Financing Originator using the standard credit
                             underwriting procedures described in Newcourt's
                             Credit Manual.  See "Credit and Contract Servicing
                             Procedures" in the Prospectus.

                             The Transferred Contracts represent substantially
                             all of the Eligible Contracts owned by the
                             Financing Originator as of their respective Cutoff
                             Dates that satisfied the concentration criteria
                             set forth in the Prospectus under "Description of
                             the Notes--Concentration Amounts".  As of the
                             Series Cutoff Date, the ADCB of the Transferred
                             Contracts was $295,844,046, the weighted average
                             remaining term to maturity for the Transferred
                             Contracts was approximately 43 months, the final
                             scheduled payment date of the Transferred Contract
                             with the latest expiration was April 1, 2003 and
                             the average Discounted Contract Balance was
                             approximately $79,699.  The Series Discount Rate
                             for the Series 1996-1 Contracts is 8.11% per annum
                             and the Series Discount Rate for the Series 1996-2
                             Contracts is 8.12% per annum.  For further
                             information regarding the Transferred Contracts,
                             see "The Contracts" in the Prospectus and "The
                             Trust Assets--Initial Contracts" and "--Other Pool
                             Data" herein.

Terms of the Notes:

A.  Interest  . . . . . . .  Interest on the Series 1996-2 Notes will be
                             payable monthly on the 20th day of each month or,
                             if any such date is not a day other than a
                             Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
                             institutions in San Jose, California, Wilmington,
                             Delaware or New York, New York are authorized or
                             obligated by any law or regulation to be closed
                             (any such date, a "Business Day"), on the next
                             succeeding Business Day, commencing September 20,
                             1996 (each, a "Distribution Date"), to the holders
                             of record of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes (the
                             "Series 1996-2 Class A Noteholders"), the holders
                             of record of the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes (the
<PAGE>
                             "Series 1996-2 Class B Noteholders") and the
                             holders of record of the Series 1996-2 Class C
                             Notes (the "Series 1996-2 Class C Noteholders",
                             and together with the Series 1996-2 Class A
                             Noteholders and Series 1996-2 Class B Noteholders,
                             the "Series 1996-2 Noteholders"), in each case as
                             of the last day of the calendar month preceding
                             the month in which such Distribution Date occurs
                             (the "Record Date"); except that the Record Date
                             for the September 20, 1996 Distribution Date will
                             be the date of the original issuance of the Series
                             1996-2 Notes (the "Series Closing Date").

                             Interest on the outstanding principal amount of
                             the Series 1996-2 Notes will accrue at the Class A
                             Interest Rate, Class B Interest Rate or Class C
                             Interest Rate, as applicable, from and including
                             the first day of each calendar month to and
                             including the last day of such calendar month on
                             the outstanding principal amount of such Series
                             1996-2 Notes as of the first day of such calendar
                             month, except that interest payable on the first
                             Distribution Date following the Series Closing
                             Date will accrue at the applicable Interest Rate
                             for the period from but excluding the Series
                             Cutoff Date to and including the last day of the
                             calendar month immediately preceding such
                             Distribution Date, on the Principal Amount of such
                             Series 1996-2 Notes as of such Series Closing Date
                             (assuming such amount was outstanding as of the
                             Series Cutoff Date for such Series) (each period
                             for which interest accrues on the Series 1996-2
                             Notes, an "Accrual Period"). 

                             Interest on the principal amount of the Series
                             1996-2 Notes will be calculated on the basis of a
                             360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

B.  Principal
    
    General . . . . . . . .  As described in the Prospectus (see "Description
                             of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus),
                             principal of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will
                             be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount
                             equal to the lesser of the Class A Principal
                             Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes for
                             such Distribution Date and the then outstanding
                             principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class A
                             Notes, to the extent Series Available Amounts for
                             the Series 1996-2 Notes are available therefor and
                             to the extent of amounts otherwise payable on
                             account of the Subordinated Notes which are
<PAGE>
                             subordinated to the prior payment of the Class A
                             Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2
                             Notes.  See "Description of the Notes--
                             Allocations" in the Prospectus.  

                             As described in the Prospectus (see "Description
                             of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus),
                             subject to certain restrictions, principal of the
                             Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will be payable on
                             each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the
                             lesser of the Class B Principal Payment Amount for
                             the Series 1996-2 Notes for such Distribution Date
                             and the then outstanding principal amount of the
                             Series 1996-2 Class B Notes, to the extent Series
                             Available Amounts for the Series 1996-2 Notes are
                             available after the payment of the Class A
                             Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2
                             Class A Notes, the deposit into the Reserve
                             Account of an allocable portion of amounts
                             necessary to maintain the Minimum Reserve Balance
                             and payment of interest in respect of the Series
                             1996-2 Class C Notes as described in the
                             Prospectus.
  
                             As described in the Prospectus (see "Description
                             of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus),
                             subject to certain restrictions, principal of the
                             Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will be payable on
                             each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the
                             Series Available Amounts remaining after the
                             payment of the Class A Principal Payment Amount
                             for the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, the payment
                             of interest in respect of the Series 1996-2 Class
                             B Notes and Series 1996-2 Class C Notes and the
                             payment of the Class B Principal Payment Amount
                             for the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes.

                             Payment on the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes and the
                             Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will be subordinated
                             to payments on the Class A Notes of all Series
                             (including the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes) to the
                             extent described herein and in the Prospectus.

     Maturity Date  . . . .  The Maturity Date for the Series 1996-2 Notes is
                             June 20, 2004.

     Expected Amortization
       Schedule . . . . . .  The expected amortization schedule for the Series
                             1996-2 Class A Notes is set forth herein under
                             "Description of the Series 1996-2 Notes--Payments
                             of Principal".  Although the Maturity Date for the
                             Series 1996-2 Class A Notes is June 20, 2004, the
<PAGE>
                             expected final payment date for the Series 1996-2
                             Class A Notes is January 20, 2001.

C. Optional Redemption  . .  The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes may be redeemed in
                             whole, but not in part, on any Distribution Date
                             if the Seller exercises its option to redeem all
                             Series of Class A Notes and Class B Notes when the
                             aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
                             Class A Notes and Class B Notes of all Series is
                             less than 10% of the initial aggregate principal
                             balance of all Series of Class A Notes and Class B
                             Notes as of, in each case, their original date of
                             issuance.  The redemption price for the Series
                             1996-2 Class A Notes (the "Redemption Price") will
                             be equal to the unpaid principal amount of such
                             Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon
                             through the date of redemption.  

Reserve Account . . . . . .  As described in the Prospectus under "Description
                             of the Notes--Reserve Account", a trust account
                             has been established by the Servicer in the name
                             of and maintained by the Collateral Agent  (the
                             "Reserve Account").  As of the Series Closing Date
                             there will be $2,958,440 in the Reserve Account,
                             which amount will include $1,845,770 funded by
                             Newcourt on the Series Closing Date (the amount so
                             funded by Newcourt, the "Minimum Deposit").  The
                             Minimum Deposit is equal to the lesser of (x) 1%
                             of the Series ADCB for the Series 1996-2 Notes and
                             (y) the amount by which amounts then on deposit
                             therein are less than the Minimum Reserve Balance. 
                             Thereafter, on each Distribution Date amounts
                             required to be maintained on deposit in the
                             Reserve Account will be funded with Series
                             Available Amounts for each Series of Notes
                             remaining after payment of interest and principal
                             payments due on the Class A Notes of such Series
                             and interest payments due on the Class B Notes of
                             such Series.  

                             On each Distribution Date, amounts on deposit in
                             the Reserve Account will be applied as described
                             in the Prospectus under "Description of the Notes-
                             -Allocations" and "--Reserve Account".  As so
                             described, on each Distribution Date amounts on
                             deposit in the Reserve Account in excess of the
                             Aggregate Minimum Reserve Balance will be paid
                             first, to Newcourt and second, to the holders of
                             the Class C Notes.

Servicing Matters . . . . .  The Servicer will be entitled to receive on each
                             Distribution Date a monthly fee (the "Servicing
<PAGE>
                             Fee") equal to the product of (i) one-twelfth,
                             (ii) .60% and (iii) the ADCB of the Contract Pool
                             as of the beginning of the related Collection
                             Period, payable out of the Available Amount.  

                             For each Collection Period, if the Servicer
                             determines that any Scheduled Payment (or portion
                             thereof) which was due and payable pursuant to a
                             Contract during such Collection Period was not
                             received prior to the end of such Collection
                             Period, the Servicer may make an advance (a
                             "Servicer Advance") in an amount up to the amount
                             of such delinquent Scheduled Payment (or portion
                             thereof), to the extent that in its sole
                             discretion it determines that it can recoup such
                             amount from subsequent collections under the
                             related Contract.  The Servicer will be entitled
                             to be reimbursed for Servicer Advances as
                             described herein and in the Prospectus.  

                             The End-Users under the PBCC Contracts will
                             continue to make payments thereon to PBCC for a
                             brief period following the Series Cutoff Date. 
                             The Servicer will, on a monthly basis, determine
                             the amount of Collections received by PBCC and
                             will direct the Collateral Agent to make a drawing
                             under the Letter of Credit described herein in the
                             amount of such Collections.  See "The
                             Servicer--Servicing" herein. 

Tax Status  . . . . . . . .  In the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
                             Flom, tax counsel for NRC, for federal income tax
                             purposes, the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will
                             properly be characterized as debt and the Trust
                             will not be characterized as an association (or a
                             publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
                             corporation.  

ERISA Considerations  . . .  The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be eligible
                             for purchase by Benefit Plans under certain
                             circumstances.  See "ERISA Considerations" herein
                             and in the Prospectus.

Rating of the Securities  .  It is a condition to the issuance of the Class A
                             Notes that the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes be
                             rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
                             (the "Rating Agency").  

                             A security rating is not a recommendation to buy,
                             sell or hold securities, and may be subject to
                             revision or withdrawal at any time by the
                             assigning entity.
<PAGE>
                                THE TRUST ASSETS

The Transferred Contracts 

     The Transferred Contracts include Contracts which were transferred by the
Financing Originator, to the Seller on December 28, 1995 pursuant to the
Original Purchase Agreement and which remain outstanding on the Series Closing
Date and certain additional Contracts which were transferred by the Financing
Originator to the Seller on April 15, 1996 pursuant to the Purchase Agreement
dated as of such date (together with the Original Purchase Agreement, the
"Series 1996-1 Purchase Agreements").  In addition, the Transferred Contracts
include certain additional Contracts (the "Currently Transferred Contracts")
which will be purchased from the Financing Originator as of the Series Cutoff
Date under the Purchase Agreement dated as of September 17, 1996 (the "Series
1996-2 Purchase Agreement").  Certain of the Currently Transferred Contracts,
the PBCC Contracts, were acquired by the Financing Originator on June 28, 1996
from Pitney Bowes Credit Corporation ("PBCC") pursuant to an asset purchase
agreement dated as of May 31, 1996.  The Transferred Contracts were selected by
the Financing Originator from its portfolio of Contracts based on the criteria
specified in the Purchase Agreements and described herein and in the
Prospectus.  See "The Trust Assets--Additional Representations and Warranties"
herein and "The Pooling Agreement Generally--Representations and Warranties"
and "-- Concentration Amounts" in the Prospectus.  The Transferred Contracts
represent substantially all of the Eligible Contracts owned by Newcourt
Financial USA Inc. that satisfied as of their respective Cutoff Dates the
concentration criteria set forth in the Prospectus under "Description of the
Notes--Concentration Amounts".  As of the Series Cutoff Date, the ADCB of the
Transferred Contracts was $295,844,046, the weighted average remaining term to
maturity for the Transferred Contracts was approximately 43 months, the final
scheduled payment date of the Transferred Contract with the latest expiration
was April 1, 2003 and the average Discounted Contract Balance was approximately
$79,699.  The Series Discount Rate for the Series 1996-1 Contracts is 8.11% per
annum and the Series Discount Rate for the Series 1996-2 Contracts is 8.12% per
annum.  For further information regarding the Transferred Contracts, see "The
Contracts" in the Prospectus and "The Trust Assets--Other Pool Data" herein.  

Additional Contracts 

     The Pooling Agreement provides that, pursuant to any one or more
Supplements, the Seller may direct the Issuer Trustee to issue from time to
time new Series subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus (each
such issuance, a "New Issuance").  Under the Pooling Agreement, the Seller may
designate the terms and conditions of any newly issued Series.  In connection
with a New Issuance, the Seller will transfer Additional Contracts and the
related Equipment or other Applicable Security to the Trust (each such
transfer, an "Addition") as of the applicable Cutoff Date (the date on which
Additional Contracts are transferred to the Trustee, an "Addition Date"),
subject to the conditions described below.  None of the Seller, the Servicer,
the Issuer Trustee or the Trust is required or intends to obtain the consent of
any Noteholder of any outstanding Series (including any Series 1996-2
Noteholder) to issue any additional Series or add any Additional Contracts in
connection therewith.  Upon each Addition, all then outstanding Series of Notes
<PAGE>
(including any Notes issued in conjunction with such Addition) will be secured
by the related Additional Contracts, Equipment or other Applicable Security and
proceeds thereof.  Because each Series will be secured by all Contracts in the
Contract Pool, including Additional Contracts added in connection with a New
Issuance, there can be no assurance that the terms of any Series might not have
an impact on the timing and amount of payments received by a Class A Noteholder
of another Series previously issued by the Trust.  See "Risk Factors--Issuance
of Additional Series" in the Prospectus.  The Seller intends to offer, from
time to time, additional Series.

     Under the Pooling Agreement and pursuant to a Supplement, a New Issuance
and related Addition may only occur upon the satisfaction of certain conditions
provided in the Pooling Agreement and described in the Prospectus under
"Description of the Notes--New Issuances; Addition of Trust Assets", including
that Additional Contracts may not be added to the Contract Pool (i) at any time
subsequent to the Commitment Termination Date and (ii) unless such addition
would not result in the Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its rating of the
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes.  

Additional Representations and Warranties

     Pursuant to the Supplement to the Pooling Agreement to be executed in
connection with the Series 1996-2 Notes (the "Series Supplement"), the Seller
and the Servicer represent and warrant that as of the Series Closing Date (i)
none of the Transferred Contracts in the Contract Pool is or may become subject
to a floating interest rate provision and (ii) the aggregate principal amount
of Transferred Contracts in the Contract Pool which are subject to voluntary
prepayment by an Obligor does not exceed 30% of the aggregate principal amount
of the Contracts in the Contract Pool.

     In addition to the representations and warranties specified in the
Prospectus, the Seller will represent in the Series Supplement for the benefit
of all Noteholders that each of the PBCC Contracts satisfy the underwriting
policies detailed in Newcourt's Credit Manual.

Other Pool Data 

     As of the Series Cutoff Date, there are 3,712 Transferred Contracts, with
an ADCB (calculated at the respective Series Discount Rates) of $295,844,046. 
Approximately 9.82% of the ADCB of the Transferred Contracts provide for
payments by the Obligor thereunder on a basis other than monthly payments.  The
composition and distribution of the Transferred Contracts by remaining term,
original term, Discounted Contract Balance, End-User industry, geographic
distribution, type of equipment and type of End-User Contract are set forth in
the following tables and are reported as of the Series Cutoff Date. 
Subschedules to Transferred Contracts reflecting amounts billed to separate
billing locations are treated as separate Transferred Contracts. 
Classification by industry is based on Newcourt's customary procedures for
determining obligor industry.  Percentages set forth in the following tables
may not total due to rounding.
<PAGE>
     The ADCB of the Transferred Contracts contained in the following tables
was calculated using a Series Discount Rate for the Series 1996-1 Contracts of
8.11% per annum and a Series Discount Rate for the Series 1996-2 Contracts of
8.12% per annum.  


        DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS BY REMAINING CONTRACT TERM

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Remaining Contract                      Number                    Percentage of ADCB                   ADCB of
        Term Range (months)                   of Contracts                  of Contract Pool                    Contracts
- ----------------------------------   ----------------------------    ----------------------------    ----------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                             <C>                             <C>
  0 < Rem. Term < or = 12 . . . . .                 100                             2.97%                     $  8,775,578
 12 < Rem. Term < or = 24 . . . . .                 408                             7.10%                       21,018,645
 24 < Rem. Term < or = 36 . . . . .                 903                            18.38%                       54,372,910
 36 < Rem. Term < or = 48 . . . . .               1,095                            30.29%                       89,604,585
 48 < Rem. Term < or = 60 . . . . .               1,176                            37.22%                      110,121,594
 60 < Rem. Term < or = 72 . . . . .                  22                             2.37%                        7,017,242
 72 < Rem. Term < or = 84 . . . . .                   8                             1.67%                        4,933,492
                                                  -----                           ------                      ------------
               Total  . . . . . . .               3,712                           100.00%                     $295,844,046
                                                  =====                           ======                      ============

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS BY DISCOUNTED CONTRACT BALANCES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Discounted Contract                       Number               Percentage of ADCB                  ADCB of
                Balance Range                       of Contracts             of Contract Pool                  Contracts
- -------------------------------------------   ----------------------   --------------------------    -----------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                      <C>                           <C>
        0 < Balance < or = 25,000 . . . . .              714                        3.87%                     $ 11,451,158
   25,000 < Balance < or = 50,000 . . . . .              857                       10.76%                       31,847,254
   50,000 < Balance < or = 75,000 . . . . .              909                       19.40%                       57,391,369
   75,000 < Balance < or = 100,000  . . . .              779                       22.37%                       66,177,569
  100,000 < Balance < or = 200,000  . . . .              290                       12.93%                       38,255,343
  200,000 < Balance < or = 300,000  . . . .               63                        5.11%                       15,117,717
  300,000 < Balance < or = 400,000  . . . .               39                        4.58%                       13,544,571
  400,000 < Balance < or = 500,000  . . . .               14                        2.15%                        6,358,152
  500,000 < Balance < or = 1,000,000  . . .               25                        5.73%                       16,958,574
1,000,000 < Balance < or = 4,000,000  . . .               22                       13.10%                       38,742,339
                                                       -----                      ------                      ------------
          Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            3,712                      100.00%                     $295,844,046
                                                       =====                      ======                      ============

</TABLE>


        DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS BY ORIGINAL CONTRACT TERM

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Original Contract                       Number                    Percentage of ADCB                   ADCB of
        Term Range (months)                   of Contracts                  of Contract Pool                   Contracts
- ----------------------------------   -----------------------------   ----------------------------    -----------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                             <C>                             <C>
  0 < Orig. Term < or = 12  . . . .                  20                              .89%                     $  2,637,623
 12 < Orig. Term < or = 24  . . . .                 275                             4.51%                       13,346,180
 24 < Orig. Term < or = 36  . . . .                 793                            15.66%                       46,335,770
 36 < Orig. Term < or = 48  . . . .               1,115                            26.08%                       77,170,647
 48 < Orig. Term < or = 60  . . . .               1,441                            46.72%                      138,226,366
 60 < Orig. Term < or = 72  . . . .                  51                             2.92%                        8,641,180
 72 < Orig. Term < or = 84  . . . .                  16                             3.18%                        9,402,778
 84 < Orig. Term < or = 100 . . . .                   1                              .03%                           83,502
                                                  -----                           ------                      ------------
               Total  . . . . . . .               3,712                           100.00%                     $295,844,046
                                                  =====                           ======                      ============
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
               DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS BY END-USER INDUSTRY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Number                     Percentage of ADCB                     ADCB of
         Industry Type                     of Contracts                   of Contract Pool                     Contracts
- ------------------------------   ------------------------------   ------------------------------    ----------------------------- 
<S>                              <C>                              <C>                               <C>
Transportation  . . . . . . . .               2,914                              60.12%                      $177,876,120
Resources . . . . . . . . . . .                 212                               6.22%                        18,408,435
Construction  . . . . . . . . .                 146                               3.51%                        10,390,849
Printing  . . . . . . . . . . .                   3                               1.11%                         3,289,972
Financial Management  . . . . .                  43                               4.05%                        11,984,030
Distribution  . . . . . . . . .                  50                               2.70%                         7,981,491
Manufacturing . . . . . . . . .                  90                               4.56%                        13,502,728
Government  . . . . . . . . . .                   1                                .03%                            96,428
Commercial  . . . . . . . . . .                  59                               2.80%                         8,277,423
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . .                 194                              14.89%                        44,036,570
                                              -----                             ------                       ------------
             Total  . . . . . .               3,712                             100.00%                      $295,844,046
                                              =====                             ======                       ============

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
         GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSFERRED END-USER CONTRACTS <F1><F2>

<CAPTION>
                                              Number                     Percentage of ADCB                      ADCB
             State                         of Contracts                   of Contract Pool                   of Contracts
- -------------------------------  ------------------------------   ------------------------------    ------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                              <C>                               <C>
Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 670                              15.34%                      $ 45,371,128
California  . . . . . . . . . .                 133                               9.20%                        27,217,587
New York  . . . . . . . . . . .                 195                               6.98%                        20,642,081
Alabama . . . . . . . . . . . .                 240                               5.93%                        17,543,904
Illinois  . . . . . . . . . . .                 229                               5.13%                        15,188,745
Georgia . . . . . . . . . . . .                 154                               4.69%                        13,887,556
Missouri  . . . . . . . . . . .                 150                               3.71%                        10,961,394
New Jersey  . . . . . . . . . .                  89                               3.54%                        10,473,732
Michigan  . . . . . . . . . . .                 147                               3.53%                        10,443,694
Florida . . . . . . . . . . . .                 109                               3.22%                         9,538,738
Arkansas  . . . . . . . . . . .                  90                               2.20%                         6,504,048
Pennsylvania  . . . . . . . . .                  76                               2.10%                         6,209,940
Mississippi                                      85                               2.05%                         6,068,540
Louisiana . . . . . . . . . . .                 104                               2.02%                         5,971,253
Indiana . . . . . . . . . . . .                  77                               1.99%                         5,886,510
All other states <F2> . . . . .               1,164                              28.37%                        83,935,196
                                              -----                             ------                       ------------
             Total  . . . . . .               3,712                             100.00%                      $295,844,046
                                              =====                             ======                       ============


<FN>
<F1> By End-User billing address.  
<F2> No other state accounted for more than 1.92% of the ADCB of the
     Contract Pool as of the Series Cutoff Date.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
           DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS BY TYPE OF EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Number                    Percentage of ADCB of                   ADCB of
         Equipment Type                    of Contracts                     Contract Pool                      Contracts
- -------------------------------  -------------------------------  -------------------------------   -------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                              <C>                               <C>
Transportation  . . . . . . . .               2,998                              62.22%                      $184,081,370
Construction  . . . . . . . . .                 138                               4.31%                        12,746,848
Computer Hardware . . . . . . .                 229                              12.11%                        35,813,612
Computer Software . . . . . . .                  74                               9.53%                        28,197,314
Resources . . . . . . . . . . .                 201                               6.00%                        17,752,117
Printing Equipment  . . . . . .                   6                               1.65%                         4,871,787
Manufacturing Equipment . . . .                  29                               1.05%                         3,119,148
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . .                  37                               3.13%                         9,261,850
                                              -----                             ------                       ------------
             Total  . . . . . .               3,712                             100.00%                      $295,844,046
                                              =====                             ======                       ============

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
      DISTRIBUTION OF TRANSFERRED END-USER CONTRACTS BY TYPE OF CONTRACT<F1>

<CAPTION>
                                              Number                     Percentage of ADCB                     ADCB of
         Contract Type                     of Contracts                   of Contract Pool                     Contracts 
- -------------------------------  -------------------------------  -------------------------------   -------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                              <C>                               <C>
CSAs  . . . . . . . . . . . . .               3,312                              71.80%                      $212,430,209
True Leases . . . . . . . . . .                 188                               7.89%                        23,342,720
Finance Leases  . . . . . . . .                 138                              10.77%                        31,867,439
IPAs  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  48                               4.78%                        14,132,060
Secured Notes . . . . . . . . .                   4                               1.19%                         3,511,895
Unsecured Notes . . . . . . . .                   7                               1.10%                         3,267,457
Other Financing Agreements  . .                  15                               2.46%                         7,292,266
                                              -----                             ------                       ------------
   Total  . . . . . . . . . . .               3,712                             100.00%                      $295,844,046
                                              =====                             ======                       ============
<FN>
<F1> The Vendor Notes related to Secondary Contracts described above represent
     $13,923,138 or 4.71% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                  THE SERVICER

Servicing

     The Contracts will be serviced by Newcourt, as the Servicer, pursuant to
and in accordance with the Pooling Agreement.  Newcourt Financial USA Inc. will
act as subservicer of the Contracts.

     Pursuant to a subservicing agreement dated as of June 28, 1996 between
PBCC and the Financing Originator, PBCC will continue to service the PBCC
Contracts until October 31, 1996.  In such capacity PBCC is obligated to remit
to the Servicer all collections received by PBCC from End-Users under the PBCC
Contracts within two days of processing by PBCC.  The Seller expects that
payments received by PBCC during such period will not exceed $1.475 million. 
In connection therewith, the Servicer has caused Bank of America Illinois (the
"LOC Bank") to issue a direct pay letter of credit (the "Letter of Credit") in
the amount of $1.5 million for the account of the Servicer and in favor of the
Collateral Agent.  The Letter of Credit will become effective on the Closing
Date and will expire on November 30, 1996.  The Servicer will, on a monthly
basis, determine the amount of Collections received by PBCC during the prior
month.  Within one business day of such determination, the Servicer will direct
the Collateral Agent to make a drawing under the Letter of Credit in the amount
of such Collections and the LOC Bank will pay such amount to the Collateral
Agent within one business day of such drawing.  The first drawing under the
Letter of Credit will be made on the Series Closing Date.  The LOC Bank's
short-term debt obligations are currently rated A-1+ by the Rating Agency.  No
assurance can be given, however, that payments received by PBCC during the
foregoing period will not exceed $1.5 million or that End-Users under the PBCC
Contracts will not make payments thereunder to PBCC after October 31, 1996. 
PBCC will be required to remit any such payments to the Financing Originator
which will in turn deposit any such amounts in the Collection Account. 
Collections on PBCC Contracts paid by PBCC to the Servicer will be used to
reimburse the LOC Bank.  The Letter of Credit will reinstate to the extent of
the amounts so reimbursed.  A portion of the proceeds of the offering of the
Series 1996-2 Notes will be used to reimburse the LOC Bank in respect of the
first drawing under the Letter of Credit to be made on the Series Closing Date.

Delinquency and Default Experience 

     Set forth below is certain information regarding the delinquency and loss
experience of Newcourt with respect to its portfolio of financing agreements
(including Contracts and other financing agreements that it previously sold but
continues to service) for transportation, construction, information technology,
communications, computer software, resources and commercial and industrial
equipment users.  Information regarding the delinquency and loss experience of
the Series 1996-1 Contracts for the five-month period ended on July 31, 1996 is
contained in the Monthly Reports for each calendar month in such period, which
Monthly Reports have been filed by Newcourt on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. 
The Servicer will provide, without charge, to any prospective purchaser of the
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, a copy of such Monthly Reports.  The Servicer may
be contacted at (416) 594-2400.  There can be no assurance that the levels of
<PAGE>
delinquency and loss experience on the Contracts will be comparable to that set
forth in the foregoing Monthly Reports or below.

<TABLE>

                      DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE <F1><F2><F3>

<CAPTION>
                                                At December 31,                       At June 30,          Average
                              ---------------------------------------------------  ----------------   ----------------
                                    1993             1994              1995               1996
                              ---------------  ---------------   ----------------  ----------------
<S>                           <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>                <C>
Investment in Contracts . .    $ 415,004,008     $611,863,249     $1,020,470,568     $1,391,956,196      $859,823,505
Delinquencies:
   (% of Investment in
   Contracts)
31 - 90 Days  . . . . . . .             0.25%            0.26%              2.42%              2.52%             1.36%
91 + Days . . . . . . . . .             0.06%            0.01%              0.26%              0.53%             0.22%
Total Delinquencies . . . .             0.31%            0.28%              2.68%              3.05%             1.58%
<FN>
<F1> Newcourt classifies accounts as delinquent at the time a payment (or a
     portion thereof) remains unpaid 31 days or more following the date on
     which such payment is due.  The amount classified as delinquent is the sum
     of future minimum payments under the financing agreements.  Delinquent
     accounts are written off in their entirety when a determination is made
     that the account is uncollectible.
<F2> The percentages in any column may not total due to rounding.
<F3> Contracts payable in Canadian dollars have been converted to U.S. Dollars
     at the exchange rate in effect on December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and on
     June 30, 1996, respectively. 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                     LOSS EXPERIENCE<F1><F2><F3>

<CAPTION>
                                                 At December 31,                             At June 30,             Average<F2>
                               ----------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------  ----------------
                                    1993              1994               1995                    1996
                               ---------------  ----------------  ----------------   ---------------------------
<S>                            <C>              <C>               <C>                <C>                          <C>
LOSSES:
Average Investment in
   Contracts  . . . . . . .     $343,511,201      $502,162,207       $854,260,753           $1,296,076,762            $749,002,731
Gross Losses  . . . . . . .        1,709,121         4,332,452          6,035,281               11,704,064               8,871,245
   Recoveries . . . . . . .          891,237         3,200,891          5,716,447               10,340,361               7,622,324
Net Losses  . . . . . . . .          817,883         1,131,561            318,834                1,363,703               1,248,921
   Net Losses as a
    Percentage of
    Investment in
    Contracts   . . . . . .             0.24%             0.23%              0.04%                    0.21%<F4>               0.17%

<FN>

<F1> Figures for 1993, 1994, and 1995 are for the year ended.  Figures for 1996
     are for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
<F2> Average Investment in Contracts is the average of the Investment in
     Contracts at the end of each quarter.
     Average investment in Contracts for 1993, 1994 and 1995 has been restated
     to exclude the wholesale transportation portfolio.
<F3> Contracts payable in Canadian dollars have been converted to U.S. Dollars
     at the exchange rate in effect on December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and on
     June 30, 1996, respectively.
<F4> The percentage for the six-month period ended June 30, 1996 is annualized.
</TABLE>
 

Prepayments

     Set forth below is information regarding the sensitivity of the Notes to
changes in the rate of prepayment by the End-Users of Contracts.  As stated in
the Prospectus, the rate of early terminations of Contracts due to Prepayments
is influenced by various factors over which Newcourt has no control.  As a
result, no assurances are given regarding the rate of prepayments or payments
on the Contracts and no prediction can be made as to the actual rate of
Prepayments which will be experienced on the Contracts in the Contract Pool. 
See "Risk Factors--Absence of Prepayment History" in the Prospectus.

     The following chart sets forth the cumulative amount of Optional
Prepayments made in each of the corresponding years on all United States Dollar
denominated Contracts that Newcourt previously sold but continues to service
(including the Series 1996-1 Contracts) ("USD Contracts"), and the percentage
equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is such cumulative amount of
<PAGE>
Optional Prepayments and the denominator of which is the average of the
outstanding balances of USD Contracts as at the last day of each calendar
quarter (or portion thereof) in such year.  No assurances are given that all
such Contracts would be Eligible Contracts; that the portfolio of Financed
Items in the Contract Pool at any date of determination would resemble the
portfolio of equipment from which the following information has been generated;
or that the prepayment experience for any particular Financed Item would
resemble that of a different Financed Item.  As a result, and as stated in the
Prospectus, no assurance can be given that Prepayments (including Optional
Prepayments) on the Contracts will conform to the following historical
information.


       Prepayment Experience of USD Contracts from 1993 to June 30, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Average           Cumulative
                                           Outstanding          Amount of          Prepayment
                 Year                   Portfolio Balance      Prepayments            Rate
- -------------------------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
                                                    (in millions, except percentages)
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>
1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $ 40.45              $0.50                1.24%
1994  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $ 93.04              $0.68                0.73%
1995  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $130.14              $3.82                2.93%
June 30, 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . .        $ 237.6              $9.81                4.13%
</TABLE>

     The following chart sets forth the percentage of the Initial Principal
Amount of the Class A Notes which would be outstanding on the Distribution
Dates set forth below assuming a CPR of 0%, 3%, 7% and 10%, respectively.  Such
information is hypothetical and is set forth for illustrative purposes only. 
The CPR ("Conditional Payment Rate") assumes that a fraction of the outstanding
Contract Pool is prepaid on each Distribution Date, which implies that each
Contract in the Contract Pool is equally likely to prepay. This fraction,
expressed as a percentage, is annualized to arrive at the Conditional Payment
Rate for the Contract Pool. The CPR measures prepayments based on the
outstanding principal on the previous Distribution Date. The CPR further
assumes that all Contracts are the same size and amortize at the same rate and
that each Contract will be either paid as scheduled or prepaid in full. The
amounts set forth below under the column 7% CPR corresponds to the expected
amortization schedule for the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes set forth herein
under "Description of the Series 1996-2 Notes--The Series 1996-2 Class A
Notes".
<PAGE>
                                PREPAYMENT TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Distribution Date                                Percentage of Initial Principal Amount Outstanding
- -----------------                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           0% CPR           3% CPR              7% CPR             10% CPR
                                      ---------------  ---------------  --------------------  ---------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>                   <C>
Closing Date                              100.00%          100.00%             100.00%             100.00%
September 20, 1996                         98.02%           97.77%              97.43%              97.17%
December 20, 1996                          91.63%           90.70%              89.46%              88.51%
March 20, 1997                             83.90%           82.36%              80.34%              78.86%
June 20, 1997                              76.81%           74.78%              72.15%              70.23%
September 20, 1997                         69.89%           67.49%              64.40%              62.17%
December 20, 1997                          63.58%           60.90%              57.50%              55.04%
March 20, 1998                             56.57%           53.74%              50.15%              47.60%
June 20, 1998                              49.86%           46.96%              43.32%              40.75%
September 20, 1998                         44.05%           41.17%              37.54%              34.99%
December 20, 1998                          38.38%           35.57%              32.06%              29.58%
March 20, 1999                             32.10%           29.48%              26.25%              23.96%
June 20, 1999                              26.71%           24.30%              21.37%              19.27%
September 20, 1999                         22.12%           19.94%              17.29%              15.38%
December 20, 1999                          17.25%           15.91%              13.59%              11.90%
March 20, 2000                             11.60%           11.17%               9.34%               7.98%
June 20, 2000                               7.13%            7.21%               5.68%               5.17%
September 20, 2000                          3.64%            4.27%               3.02%               1.96%
December 20, 2000                           0.81%            1.14%               0.04%               0.00%
March 20, 2001                              0.00%            0.00%               0.00%               0.00%

Weighted Average Life (years)                1.91             1.84                1.73                1.65
</TABLE>


                             THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     Fleet National Bank, a national banking association, will be the Indenture
Trustee under the Indenture, and its principal offices are located at 777 Main
Street, 11th floor, Hartford, Connecticut 06115.  For further information
regarding the Indenture Trustee, see "The Pooling Agreement Generally--The
Indenture Trustees" in the Prospectus.

                               THE ISSUER TRUSTEE

     Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware (formerly known as Chemical Bank Delaware),
a Delaware state chartered bank, will be the Issuer Trustee under the Pooling
Agreement, and its principal offices are located at 1201 Market Street,
Wilmington Delaware 19801.  The Issuer Trustee's liability in connection with
the issuance and sale of the Series 1996-2 Notes is limited solely to the
express obligations of the Issuer Trustee set forth in the Pooling Agreement
<PAGE>
and the Indenture.  For further information regarding the Issuer Trustee, see
"The Pooling Agreement Generally--The Issuer Trustee" in the Prospectus. 

                                   THE ISSUER

     The Issuer is a Delaware business trust formed solely for the purpose of
effectuating the issuance of Series of Notes and the other transactions
described in the Prospectus.  For further information regarding the Issuer see
"The Issuer" in the Prospectus. 

                     DESCRIPTION OF THE SERIES 1996-2 NOTES

General

     The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of
the Indenture and secured pursuant to the terms of the Pooling Agreement.  The
following summary describes certain terms of the Series 1996-2 Notes, the
Pooling Agreement and the Indenture.  The summary does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the
Series 1996-2 Notes, the Pooling Agreement, the Indenture and the Note
Documents for the Subordinated Notes.  The following summary supplements, and
to the extent inconsistent therewith replaces, the description of the general
terms and provisions of the Notes of any given Series set forth in the
Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby made.  Fleet National
Bank, a national banking association, will be the Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture.

The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes

     Payments of Interest.  Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be payable to the Series 1996-2 Class A
Noteholders on a monthly basis on each Distribution Date.  Interest on the
outstanding principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will accrue at
the Class A Interest Rate from and including the first day of each Accrual
Period to and including the last day of such Accrual Period on the outstanding
principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes as of the first day of such
Accrual Period.  Interest will be payable on each Distribution Date for the
calendar month immediately preceding such Distribution Date.  Interest due on
any Distribution Date but not paid on such Distribution Date will be due on the
next Distribution Date.  Interest payments on the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes
will generally be derived from the Series Available Amount for the Series 1996-
2 Notes.  See "Description of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  

     Payments of Principal.   Principal of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will
be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the lesser of the
Class A Principal Payment Amount for such Series and for such Distribution Date
and the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class A
Notes, to the extent Series Available Amounts for the Series 1996-2 Notes are
available therefor and to the extent of amounts otherwise payable on account of
the Subordinated Notes which are subordinated to the prior payment of the Class
A Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes.  See "Description of
the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  In addition, principal of the
<PAGE>
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an
amount equal to the product of the Applicable Class Percentage for such Notes
and the Excess Spread Amount for such Series and for such Distribution Date, to
the extent of the Series Available Amounts for the Series 1996-2 Notes
remaining after payment of interest in respect of the Series 1996-2 Class A
Notes, interest in respect of the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes, the Class A
Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, amounts required
to be deposited in the Reserve Account, interest in respect of the Series 1996-
2 Class C Notes, the Class B Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2
Class B Notes and the Class C Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2
Class C Notes, to the extent described in the Prospectus.  See "Description of
the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus. 

     Payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes of all Series and the
payment of interest of the Class C Notes of all Series will be subordinated to
the payment of principal of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes as described in the
Prospectus under "Description of the Notes--Allocations".  The Series 1996-2
Class A Notes will mature and be due and payable on the Maturity Date.  Prior
thereto, amounts to be applied in reduction of the outstanding Principal Amount
of any Series 1996-2 Class A Note, including the payment of the Class A
Principal Payment Amount for such Series payable on any Distribution Date, will
not be due and payable, although the failure of the Seller to remit any
Available Amounts (including Available Amounts to be used to make any such
Class A Principal Payment Amount) will, after the applicable grace period,
constitute an Event of Default.  See "Description of the Notes--Events of
Default" in the Prospectus.  

     Assuming a CPR of 7%, the expected amortization schedule for the Series
1996-2 Class A Notes is set forth below.   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Expected Repayment
        Distribution Date               Class A Balance                Amount
- ---------------------------------  ------------------------   ------------------------
<S>                                <C>                        <C>
Closing Date                              $169,810,862
September 20, 1996                         165,440,941               $4,369,921
October 20, 1996                           161,156,318                4,284,623
November 20, 1996                          156,589,000                4,567,318
December 20, 1996                          151,914,407                4,674,593
January 20, 1997                           147,298,644                4,615,763
February 20, 1997                          140,991,739                6,306,905
March 20, 1997                             136,429,646                4,562,093
April 20, 1997                             131,934,122                4,495,523
May 20, 1997                               127,025,247                4,908,876
June 20, 1997                              122,525,443                4,499,804
July 20, 1997                              118,336,061                4,189,382
August 20, 1997                            114,146,204                4,189,856
September 20, 1997                         109,362,194                4,784,011
October 20, 1997                           105,491,262                3,870,932
November 20, 1997                          101,374,128                4,117,134
<PAGE>
                                                                 Expected Repayment
        Distribution Date               Class A Balance                Amount
- ---------------------------------  ------------------------   ------------------------

December 20, 1997                           97,634,456                3,739,672
January 20, 1998                            93,621,141                4,013,315
February 20, 1998                           89,069,346                4,551,796
March 20, 1998                              85,162,327                3,907,019
April 20, 1998                              81,331,833                3,830,494
May 20, 1998                                77,154,497                4,177,335
June 20, 1998                               73,555,413                3,599,085
July 20, 1998                              $70,196,900               $3,358,513
August 20, 1998                             66,862,120                3,334,780
September 20, 1998                          63,740,551                3,121,569
October 20, 1998                            60,569,798                3,170,753
November 20, 1998                           57,413,450                3,156,349
December 20, 1998                           54,440,919                2,972,531
January 20, 1999                            51,227,982                3,212,937
February 20, 1999                           47,618,511                3,609,471
March 20, 1999                              44,574,302                3,044,209
April 20, 1999                              41,791,834                2,782,468
May 20, 1999                                38,792,083                2,999,751
June 20, 1999                               36,283,236                2,508,847
July 20, 1999                               33,956,117                2,327,120
August 20, 1999                             31,559,830                2,396,287
September 20, 1999                          29,360,498                2,199,331
October 20, 1999                            27,213,986                2,146,513
November 20, 1999                           25,117,575                2,096,411
December 20, 1999                           23,072,117                2,045,458
January 20, 2000                            20,798,219                2,273,898
February 20, 2000                           18,565,559                2,232,660
March 20, 2000                              15,867,569                2,697,990
April 20, 2000                              13,942,219                1,925,350
May 20, 2000                                11,236,107                2,706,112
June 20, 2000                                9,646,058                1,590,049
July 20, 2000                                8,436,862                1,209,197
August 20, 2000                              7,262,071                1,174,791
September 20, 2000                           5,130,590                2,131,481
October 20, 2000                             3,288,758                1,841,832
November 20, 2000                            1,521,908                1,766,850
December 20, 2000                               75,996                1,445,912
January 20, 2001                                     0                   75,996
</TABLE>

     Based upon the foregoing schedule of payments, the weighted average life
of the Class A Notes would be 1.73 years.  Because the foregoing schedule
assumes a 7% CPR and that there will not be any Defaulted Contracts, no
assurances are given that the weighted average life of the Class A Notes will
not be longer or shorter than 1.73 years.  See "Prepayment Table".

     Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, and during the
continuance of a Restricting Event, principal payments will be made on the
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes in an amount equal to the remaining outstanding
<PAGE>
principal amount thereof; provided, that if the Available Amount remaining to
be allocated to the payment of principal of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes (as
described in "Description of the Notes--Allocations; Following an Event of
Default" and "--Allocations; Following a Restricting Event" in the Prospectus)
is less than the full amount required to be so allocated, such remaining
Available Amount shall be allocated to each Series of Class A Notes pro rata
based on the outstanding principal amount thereof.  

     Principal payments on the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will generally be
derived from the Series Available Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes remaining
after the payment of interest payments on the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes and
interest payments on the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes and from amounts otherwise
payable on account of the Subordinated Notes which are subordinated to the
prior payment of the Class A Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2
Notes.  See "Description of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  Failure
to have paid in full the outstanding principal amount of any Series of Notes by
their respective Maturity Date will constitute an Event of Default under the
Indenture.  See "Description of the Notes--Events of Default" in the
Prospectus.  Prior to the Maturity Date, no principal amount will be considered
due and payable on the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes (and, therefore, no Event of
Default will arise from the failure to pay such amount) unless and to the
extent funds are available for the payment therefor. 

     Definitive Series 1996-2 Class A Notes. Upon the occurrence of certain
events discussed more fully in the Prospectus under the heading "Description of
the Notes--Definitive Class A Notes", the Indenture Trustee will be obligated
to issue Series 1996-2 Class A Notes in fully registered, certificated form.

The Series 1996-2 Class B Notes

     General.  The Series 1996-2 Class B Notes are not being offered or sold
hereunder.  The Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will be sold in a private
placement, provided, that a certain amount of Class B Notes of all Series will
continue to be held by the Seller as described in "The Pooling Agreement
Generally--The Non-Transferrable Notes" in the Prospectus.

     Payments of Interest.  Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will be payable to the Series 1996-2 Class B
Noteholders on a monthly basis on each Distribution Date.  Interest on the
outstanding principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will accrue at
the Class B Interest Rate from and including the first day of each Accrual
Period to and including the last day of such Accrual Period on the outstanding
principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes as of the first day of such
Accrual Period.  Interest due on any Distribution Date but not paid on such
Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date.  Interest payments
on the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will generally be derived from the Series
Available Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes.  See "Description of the Notes--
Allocations" in the Prospectus.  

     Payments of Principal.  Principal of the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will
be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the lesser of the
Class B Principal Payment Amount for such Series and for such Distribution Date
<PAGE>
and the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class B
Notes, to the extent that Series Available Amounts for the Series 1996-2 Notes
are available therefor and to the extent of amounts otherwise payable on
account of the Class C Notes which are subordinated to the prior payment of the
Class B Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes.  See "Description
of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  In addition, principal of the
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will be payable on each Distribution Date in an
amount equal to the product of the Applicable Class Percentage for such Notes
and the Excess Spread Amount for such Series and for such Distribution Date, to
the extent of the Series Available Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes remaining
after payment of interest in respect of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes,
interest in respect of the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes, the Class A Principal
Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, amounts required to be
deposited in the Reserve Account, interest in respect of the Series 1996-2
Class C Notes, the Class B Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2 Class
B Notes and the Class C Principal Payment Amount for the Series 1996-2 Class C
Notes, to the extent described in the Prospectus.  See "Description of the
Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.   

     Principal payments on the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes will generally be
derived from the Series Available Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes remaining
after the payment of interest payments on the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes and
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes, amounts allocable to the Reserve Account and the
aggregate amount of principal payments allocable to the Series 1996-2 Class A
Notes and from amounts otherwise payable on account of the Class C Notes which
are subordinated to the prior payment of the Class B Principal Payment Amount
for the Series 1996-2 Notes.  Payment of principal of and interest on the Class
C Notes of all Series will be subordinated to the payment of principal of the
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes as described in the Prospectus under "Description
of the Notes--Allocations".  No principal payments on the Series 1996-2 Class B
Notes may be made to the extent that certain allocations have not been made in
full with respect to other Series of Class A Notes issued by the Trust.  See
"Description of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  So long as any
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes are outstanding, in the event there is an Event of
Default or a Restricting Event has occurred and is then continuing, amounts
otherwise to be paid as principal on the Class B Notes of each Series
(including the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes) will be paid as principal on the
Class A Notes of each Series (including the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes).  See
"Description of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  Failure to have
paid in full the outstanding principal amount of any Series of Class B Notes by
their respective Maturity Date will constitute an Event of Default under the
Indenture.  See "Description of the Notes--Events of Default" in the
Prospectus.  Prior to the Maturity Date, no principal amount will be considered
due and payable on the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes (and, therefore, no Event of
Default will arise from the failure to pay such amount) unless and to the
extent funds are available for the payment therefor. 

The Series 1996-2 Class C Notes

     General.  The Series 1996-2 Class C Notes are not being offered or sold
hereunder.  The Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will be sold in a private
placement, provided, that a certain amount of Class C Notes of all Series will
<PAGE>
continue to be held by the Seller as described in "The Pooling Agreement
Generally--The Non-Transferrable Notes" in the Prospectus.

     Payments of Interest.  Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the
Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will be payable to the Series 1996-2 Class C
Noteholders on a monthly basis on each Distribution Date, provided, that
following the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuance of a
Restricting Event, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Series
1996-2 Class C Notes will be payable solely to the extent funds are available
therefor (after giving effect to distributions of Series Available Amounts in
accordance with the priorities described under "Description of the Notes--
Allocations; Following an Event of Default" and "--Allocations; Following a
Restricting Event" in the Prospectus).  Interest on the outstanding principal
amount of the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will accrue at the Class C Interest
Rate from and including the first day of each Accrual Period to and including
the last day of such Accrual Period on the outstanding principal amount of the
Series 1996-2 Class C Notes as of the first day of such Accrual Period. 
Interest payments on the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will generally be derived
from the Series Available Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes.  See "Description
of the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  Interest due on any Distribution
Date but not paid on such Distribution Date will be due on the next
Distribution Date provided, that on each Distribution Date following the
occurrence of an Event of Default and arising during the continuance of a
Restricting Event, any such unpaid interest on the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes
shall be payable solely to the extent of Available Amounts therefor (after
giving effect to distributions of Available Amounts on such Distribution Date
in accordance with the priorities specified under "Description of the Notes--
Allocations; Following an Event of Default" and "--Allocations; Following a
Restricting Event" in the Prospectus).  Any accrued interest which is not paid
on any Distribution Date following the occurrence of an Event of Default and
arising during the continuance of a Restricting Event, together with interest
thereon at the Class C Interest Rate, will be due on the Maturity Date;
although such amounts may be paid on earlier Distribution Dates as provided in
the preceding sentence.  So long as any Series 1996-2 Class A Notes are
outstanding, in the event there is an Event of Default or a Restricting Event
has occurred and is then continuing, amounts otherwise to be paid on the Class
C Notes of each Series (including the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes) will be paid
as interest and principal on the Class A Notes of each Series (including the
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes). 

     Payments of Principal.  Principal of the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will
be payable on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the lesser of the
Class C Principal Payment Amount for such Series and for such Distribution Date
and the remaining outstanding principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class C
Notes, to the extent Series Available Amounts for the Series 1996-2 Notes are
available therefor.  See "Description of the Notes--Allocations" in the
Prospectus.  

     Principal payments on the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes will be derived
solely from the Series Available Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes remaining
after the payment of interest payments on the Class A Notes and Class B Notes
of all Series, amounts allocable to the Reserve Account, the aggregate amount
<PAGE>
of principal payments allocable to all Series of Class A Notes and Class B
Notes and the payment of interest on the Class C Notes. No principal payments
on the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes may be made to the extent that certain
allocations have not been made in full with respect to other Series of Notes
issued by the Trust.  See "Description of the Notes--Allocations" in the
Prospectus.  So long as any Series 1996-2 Class A Notes or Series 1996-2 Class
B Notes are outstanding, as the case may be, in the event there is an Event of
Default or a Restricting Event has occurred and is then continuing, amounts
otherwise to be paid as principal of and interest on the Class C Notes of each
Series (including the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes) will be paid as principal on
the Class A Notes, and then Class B Notes, of each Series (including the Series
1996-2 Class A Notes and the Series 1996-2 Class B Notes).  See "Description of
the Notes--Allocations" in the Prospectus.  Failure to have paid in full the
outstanding principal amount of any Series of Class C Notes by their respective
Maturity Date will constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.  See
"Description of the Notes--Events of Default" in the Prospectus.  Prior to the
Maturity Date, no principal amount will be considered due and payable on the
Series 1996-2 Class C Notes (and, therefore, no Event of Default will arise
from the failure to pay such amount) unless and to the extent funds are
available for the payment therefor. 

Excess Spread Amount

     Assuming a 7% CPR, the "Excess Spread Amount" for the Series 1996-2 Class
A Notes and Series 1996-2 Class B Notes shall be on average an amount equal to
interest on the initial Principal Amount of the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes
calculated at a per annum rate of 7.98%, as such amount may increase or
decrease in connection with the issuance of additional Series of Notes.  The
Excess Spread Amount for the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes shall be an amount
equal to the portion of the Series Available Amount, if any, remaining after
payment of the Excess Spread Amount for the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes and the
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes.  The Excess Spread Amount for the Series 1996-2
Notes will also be available to the Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C
Notes of each other Series issued from time to time.  As a result, the Excess
Spread Amount for the Series 1996-2 Notes may increase or decrease from time to
time in connection with the issuance of additional Series of Notes depending on
the amount, if any, of the "Excess Spread Amount" deductible from the Series
Available Amount for such additional Series.

Optional Redemption

     The Series 1996-2 Class A Notes may be redeemed in whole, but not in part,
on any Distribution Date, if the Seller exercises its option to redeem all
Series of Class A Notes and Class B Notes then outstanding.  The Seller will
have the option to redeem all then outstanding Series of Class A Notes and
Class B Notes on any Distribution Date if, on such Distribution Date (after
giving effect to all payments otherwise to be made on such Distribution Date),
the sum of the then Aggregate Principal Amount of Class A Notes and Class B
Notes of all Series then outstanding is or would be less than 10% of the sum of
the Initial Principal Amount of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of all
Series as of their respective Series Issuance Dates, as described in the
Prospectus under "Description of the Notes--Optional Termination".  The
<PAGE>
redemption price for the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be equal to the sum
of the outstanding principal amount thereof together with accrued interest
thereon through the day preceding the date of redemption.  Following any
redemption, the Series 1996-2 Class A Noteholders will have no further rights
with respect to the Trust Assets.  

Events of Default; Restricting Events and Minimum Amount

     The Events of Default and Restricting Events with respect to the Series
1996-2 Notes will include each of the events specified in the Prospectus under
"Description of the Notes--Events of Default" and "--Restricting Events",
respectively.  For purposes of the Restricting Events, the "Minimum Amount" for
the Series 1996-2 Notes is $4,152,983.

     As noted in the Prospectus (see "Description of the Notes--Events of
Default") an Event of Default under the Series 1996-2 Notes will include the
occurrence of an "Event of Default" under any indenture or note purchase
agreement pursuant to which any other Notes have been or may be issued.  Such
"Events of Default" may be more restrictive than the Events of Default
otherwise applicable to the Series 1996-2 Class Notes.  This cross-default
feature is intended to assure that the Class A Notes of all Series receive pro
rata and pari passu benefit of the subordination of all Subordinated Notes.

                           CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     The federal income tax consequences to holders of the Series 1996-2 Class
A Notes is discussed in the Prospectus under "Certain Federal Income Tax
Matters".  In addition to the discussion in the Prospectus with respect to
federal income tax consequences to holders of Series 1996-2 Class A Notes,
regulations were proposed on April 22, 1996 by the Internal Revenue Service,
which if enacted in their current form, could affect the procedures to be
followed by persons that are nonresident aliens, foreign corporations or
partnerships, and estates or trusts the income of which (regardless of its
source) is not includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes
(such persons referred to as "Non-U.S. Investors") in establishing such Non-
U.S. Investor's status as a Non-U.S. Investor for the purposes of the
withholding rules.  The proposed regulations, if adopted in their present form,
generally would be effective for payments made after December 31, 1997.  Thus,
prospective investors in Series 1996-2 Class A Notes should consult their tax
advisors concerning the potential adoption of such proposed regulations and the
potential effect on their ownership of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes. 
Special federal tax counsel to the Seller, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom, has delivered to the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture
Trustee and the Rating Agency, a Tax Opinion with respect to the Series 1996-2
Class A Notes.  

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Although there is little authority on the subject, the Seller believes
that the Class A Notes will be debt rather than equity interests and that
assets of the Trust will therefore not be deemed to be assets of investing
Benefit Plans under applicable Department of Labor regulations (the "Plan
<PAGE>
Assets Regulation").  However, prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code
nevertheless may occur by reason of the purchase of Class A Notes by Benefit
Plans with respect to which the Seller, the Trust, the Issuer Trustee, an
Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Servicer or certain of their
affiliates may be considered to be parties in interest.  Therefore, in order to
preclude such a prohibited transaction, the purchase by a Benefit Plan will be
permitted only in a transaction qualifying under a Department of Labor Class
Exemption or another applicable statutory or individual exemption. 

     By acceptance of a Series 1996-2 Class A Note, each Series 1996-2 Class A
Noteholder will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i)
such Series 1996-2 Class A Noteholder is not acquiring (or considered to be
acquiring) the Series 1996-2 Class A Note with the assets of an employee
benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") subject to Title 1 of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) no non-exempt prohibited transaction will
occur as a result of such acquisition. 

      The Seller, the Issuer Trustee, each Indenture Trustee, the Collateral
Agent, the Servicer or certain of their affiliates may be considered to be
parties in interest or fiduciaries with respect to certain Benefit Plans. 
Therefore, the acquisition or holding of a Class A Note by a Benefit Plan may
be a prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code unless an exemption
applies to such acquisition and holding.  Moreover, if the Trust Assets were
deemed to include plan assets subject to regulation under ERISA and the Code,
transactions involving the Trust might be prohibited unless an exemption is
available.  There can be no assurance that an exemption would apply to each
transaction involving Trust Assets.  Accordingly, each fiduciary of a Benefit
Plan considering the purchase of Series 1996-2 Class A Notes should consult its
own counsel as to whether the acquisition of such Notes would be a prohibited
transaction, whether Trust Assets would be considered plan assets, the
consequences that would apply if Trust Assets were considered plan assets
subject to regulation under ERISA and the Code and the availability of
exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction rules.

     For additional information regarding ERISA matters, see "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus.

                                     RATING

     It is a condition to issuance of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes that they
be rated "AAA" by the Rating Agency.  A rating is not a recommendation to
purchase, hold or sell Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, inasmuch as such rating
does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. 
The rating of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes addresses the likelihood of the
timely payment of interest on and the ultimate repayment of principal of the
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes on the Maturity Date.  There is no assurance that a
rating will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be
lowered or withdrawn entirely by the Rating Agency if in its judgment
circumstances in the future so warrant.  The rating of the Series 1996-2 Class
A Notes is based primarily on the creditworthiness of the Contracts, the
<PAGE>
subordination provided by the Subordinated Notes, the availability of amounts
on deposit in the Reserve Account and the Excess Spread Amount.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement") for the sale of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes
dated September 12, 1996, the Seller has agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters named below, and each of the Underwriters has severally agreed to
purchase from the Seller, the principal amount of the Series 1996-2 Class A
Notes set forth opposite its name below.

     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions therein, to purchase all the Series 1996-2 Class A
Notes offered hereby if any of such Series 1996-2 Class A Notes are purchased.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                             to be Purchased
                                                      ----------------------------
                                                       Series 1996-2 Class A Notes
                                                      ----------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>
First Union Capital Markets Corp. . . . . . . . . .           $56,603,620.67
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell/C.J. Lawrence Inc.   . . .           $56,603,620.67
Lehman Brothers Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           $56,603,620.67
</TABLE>


     The Underwriters have advised the Seller that they propose initially to
offer the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes to the public at the price set forth on
the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at such price less a selling
concession not in excess of 0.20% of the initial principal amount of the Series
1996-2 Class A Notes.  The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow
a concession not in excess of 0.125% of the initial principal amount of the
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes.  After the initial public offering, the public
offering price and such concessions may be changed.

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Seller and Newcourt Credit
Group Inc., jointly and severally, will indemnify the Underwriters against
certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.  

     In addition, First Union Capital Markets Corp. ("First Union") will act as
the private placement agent for the Seller in connection with the sale of the
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes and a portion of the Series 1996-2 Class C Notes
and will receive compensation therefor.  

     In the ordinary course of their business, the Underwriters and their
affiliates have engaged and may engage in commercial banking and investment
<PAGE>
banking transactions with the Seller and its affiliates, including the
Financing Originator and the Servicer.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Series 1996-2 Class
A Notes, including federal income tax consequences with respect thereto, as
well as other matters, will be passed upon for the Seller by Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom, New York, New York.  Certain legal matters relating to
the issuance of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes will be passed upon for the
Underwriter by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (a partnership which includes
professional corporations), New York, New York.

                              GENERAL INFORMATION

          For more information regarding the principal characteristics of
Series 1996-1, see Annex I to this Prospectus Supplement.  For more specific
information with respect to Series 1996-1, any prospective investor should
contact the Servicer at (416) 594-2400.  The Servicer will provide, without
charge, to any prospective purchaser of the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, a copy
of the disclosure documents for any previous publicly issued Series.
<PAGE>
                                                                      ANNEX I


     The table below sets forth the principal characteristics of the publicly
issued Series 1996-1 Notes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Series 1996-1 Class A Notes
- ---------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
Initial Principal Amount  . . . . . . . .   $119,656,814
Interest Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6.79%
Series Maturity Date  . . . . . . . . . .   August 20, 2003
Series Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . .   April 15, 1996
Credit Enhancement  . . . . . . . . . . .   Subordination of Class B
                                            Notes and Class C Notes
                                            Reserve Account
                                            Excess Spread
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS


     Set forth below is a list of the defined terms used in this Prospectus
Supplement and the pages on which the definitions of such terms may be found.

Accrual Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
Addition Date . . . . . . .   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
Collateral Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
Conditional Payment Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
Contract Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Currently Transferred Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4, 11
End-User  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
End-User Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
Excess Spread Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
Financed Items  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
Financing Originators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
First Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1, 8
Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Initial Series 1996-2 Class A Principal Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
Initial Series 1996-2 Class B Principal Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
Initial Series 1996-2 Class C Principal Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1, 6
Issuer Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Letter of Credit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
LOC Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
Minimum Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
Newcourt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1, 6
Newcourt USA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
New Issuance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
NRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1, 6
PBCC  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1
PBCC Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 16
Plan Assets Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
Redemption Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
Reserve Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Series 1996-1 ADCB  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
Series 1996-1 Class A Note  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Series 1996-1 Class B Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
Series 1996-1 Class C Note  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
Series 1996-1 Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
Series 1996-1 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1, 7
Series 1996-1 Purchase Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
Series 1996-2 ADCB  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
Series 1996-2 Class A Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Series 1996-2 Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
Series 1996-2 Class B Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Series 1996-2 Class B Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Series 1996-2 Class C Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Series 1996-2 Class C Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Series 1996-2 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Series 1996-2 Purchase Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
Series 1996-2 Subordinated Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Series Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
Series Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
Servicer Advance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
Services  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
Servicing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
Software  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
Transferred Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1, 6
Trust Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
USD Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
Vendor Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
<PAGE>
No dealer, salesman or other person has been authorized to give any information
or to make any representations other than those contained or incorporated by
reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus in connection with
the offer made by this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus and, if given
or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by the Seller or the Underwriters. This Prospectus Supplement
and the Prospectus do not constitute an offer or solicitation by anyone in any
state in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the
person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone
to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. The delivery of this
Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus at any time does not imply that
information herein or therein is correct as of any time subsequent to their
respective dates.          _________________________

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                             Prospectus Supplement
                                                                          Page
Summary of Series Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-6
The Trust Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-16
Distribution of Transferred Contracts by Remaining Contract Term  . . .   S-18
Distribution of Transferred Contracts by Discounted Contract Balances .   S-19
Distribution of Transferred Contracts by Original Contract Term . . . .   S-19
Distribution of Transferred Contracts by End-User Industry  . . . . . .   S-20
Geographic Distribution of Transferred End-User Contracts . . . . . . .   S-21
Distribution of Transferred Contracts by Type of Equipment  . . . . . .   S-22
Distribution of Transferred End-User Contracts by Type of Contract  . .   S-22
The Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-23
Delinquency Experience  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-24
Loss Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-25
Prepayment Table  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-27
The Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-27
The Issuer Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-27
The Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-28
Description of the Series 1996-2 Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-28
Certain Tax Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-35
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-35
Rating  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-36
Plan of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-37
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-38
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-38
Annex I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-39
Index of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-40
<PAGE>
                                   Prospectus

Available Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
Reports to Noteholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference . . . . . . . . . . . .      4
Prospectus Summary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
The Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24
The Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31
The Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31
The Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     32
Credit and Contract Servicing Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     33
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35
Description of the Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     36
The Pooling Agreement Generally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     57
The Indentures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     67
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70
Certain Federal Income Tax Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     78
State, Local and Foreign Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     80
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     81
Plan of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     82
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     82
Index of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     83
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
                        Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust
                               Asset Backed Notes
                                                 
                        Newcourt Receivables Corporation
                                     Seller
                                                 
                           Newcourt Credit Group Inc.
                                    Servicer
                                                 
        The Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes") described herein may be sold from
time to time in one or more series (each, a "Series"), in amounts, at prices
and on terms to be determined at the time of sale and to be set forth in a
supplement to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement").  The Notes of each
Series will be issued by Newcourt Receivables Asset Trust, a Delaware business
trust (the "Trust"). The Trust will be formed pursuant to a Pooling, Collateral
Agency and Servicing Agreement (the "Pooling Agreement") to be entered into
among Newcourt Receivables Corporation ("NRC"), as Seller, Newcourt Credit
Group Inc. ("Newcourt"), as Servicer, Fleet National Bank, as collateral agent
(the "Collateral Agent") and Chemical Bank Delaware, as issuer trustee (the
"Issuer Trustee").  

                                                       (continued on next page) 

        Potential investors should consider, among other things, the information
set forth in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15.
                                                  
      THE PROCEEDS OF THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST AND AMOUNTS ON DEPOSIT IN THE
        RESERVE ACCOUNT ARE THE ONLY SOURCES OF PAYMENTS ON THE NOTES FOR
          EACH SERIES.  THE NOTES WILL NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR
             OBLIGATION OF, AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE
              ISSUER TRUSTEE, NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC., NEWCOURT
               RECEIVABLES CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE
                                   AFFILIATES.

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
       AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS 
         THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES 
            COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS 
               PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                               A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

This Prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities offered
hereby unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.


The date of this Prospectus is April 11, 1996.
<PAGE>
(continued from previous page)

The property of the Trust will include a pool of contracts ("Contracts")
consisting of (i) conditional sale agreements, promissory notes with or without
related security agreements, operating and finance leases, installment payment
agreements, and similar types of financing agreements with end-users (each, an
"End-User") of the Equipment, Software and Services described below (such
Contracts, "End-User Contracts") and meeting eligibility requirements specified
herein, and in each case with respect to certain information technology,
communications, commercial, industrial, transportation, resources and
construction equipment (the "Equipment"), certain computer software (the
"Software") and related support and consulting services (the "Services;
together with Equipment and Software, the "Financed Items"), together with
certain rights of the Financing Originators (as hereinafter defined) under
vendor finance program agreements and vendor assignments with vendors of the
Financed Items, collections thereon due or received on and after the date (the
"Cutoff Date") set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Equipment or
a security interest in the Equipment, as more fully described herein and, with
respect to a particular Series, in the related Prospectus Supplement, and (ii)
limited recourse promissory notes payable by vendors (such notes, "Vendor
Notes") and secured by the vendor's interest in End-User Contracts originated
by such vendor (End-User Contracts securing Vendor Notes being collectively
referred to as "Secondary Contracts"), and by the Equipment related to such
End-User Contracts.  

        The Class A Notes of each Series will be issued pursuant to a separate
Indenture (for each Series, the "Applicable Indenture", and collectively for
all Series, the "Indentures") among the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent
and the Indenture Trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (for
each Series, the "Applicable Indenture Trustee", and collectively for all
Series, the "Indenture Trustees").   The Class B Notes of each Series and the
Class C Notes of each Series will be issued pursuant to the supplement to the
Pooling Agreement for such Series (each, a "Supplement").  The Notes of each
Series will be secured pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.   Each Series issued
by the Trust will consist of three classes (each, a "Class") of Notes:  the
Class A Notes ("Class A Notes"), the Class B Notes ("Class B Notes") and the
Class C Notes ("Class C Notes"; the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes being
sometimes referred to as the "Subordinated Notes").   The right of the Class A
Notes of a Series to receive payments will be senior to the rights of the
Subordinated Notes of all Series as described herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  Only the Class A Notes will be offered hereby and by
the related Prospectus Supplement.

Each Series of Notes may differ as to the timing of payment, interest rate or
amount of distributions in respect of principal or interest or both. 

        The only obligations of the Seller or of Newcourt Financial USA Inc. or
Newcourt Transportation USA Inc., as originators or financing originators of
Contracts with respect to a Series of Notes, will be pursuant to certain
representations and warranties made by each such party.  Newcourt Credit Group
Inc. will be the Servicer for each Series.  The obligations of the Servicer
will be limited to its contractual servicing obligations under the Pooling
Agreement.

        Each Series of Class A Notes will represent the right to receive on each
Distribution Date (as defined herein) an expected amount of payments of
<PAGE>
principal, together with interest on the outstanding principal thereof, in the
manner described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The
remaining outstanding principal amount of each Class A Note will be due in full
on its applicable Maturity Date (as defined herein).  The rate of payment in
respect of principal on the Class A Notes will depend on the priority of
payment of such Class and the rate and timing of payments (including
prepayments, defaults, liquidations and repurchases of Contracts) on the
Contracts.  A rate of payment on the Contracts lower or higher than that
anticipated may affect the weighted average life of the Class A Notes of a
Series in the manner described herein.

        There currently is no secondary market for the Notes offered hereby. 
There can be no assurance that a secondary market for any Class of Notes will
develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue.  No Class of Notes will
be listed on any securities exchange.
<PAGE>
        Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Series of Class A Notes initially will be represented by global Notes
registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede"), the nominee of The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC").  The interests of beneficial owners of each Series of
Class A Notes will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC and
participating members thereof.  Definitive Class A Notes (as hereinafter
defined) will be available only under limited circumstances.
<PAGE>
                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        NRC, as originator of the Trust, has filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on behalf of the Trust a Registration
Statement (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, referred to
herein as the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the Notes offered pursuant to
this Prospectus.  For further information, reference is made to the
Registration Statement which is available for inspection without charge at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New
York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, 14th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Copies of the Registration Statement may be obtained from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates.


                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

        Unless and until Definitive Class A Notes are issued, monthly, quarterly
and annual unaudited reports containing information concerning the Contracts
(including Secondary Contracts) will be prepared by the Servicer and sent on
behalf of the Trust only to Cede, as nominee of DTC and registered holder of
the Class A Notes.  See "Description of the Notes--Book-Entry Registration", "
- --Definitive Notes" and "--Reports to Noteholders".  Such reports will not
constitute financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.  The Trust will file with the Commission such periodic
reports as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder.  


                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

        All reports and other documents filed by NRC, on behalf of the Trust,
pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, subsequent
to the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of
the Notes offered hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into
this Prospectus and to be part hereof from the date of filing of such
documents.  Any statement contained herein or in a document deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in any
other subsequently filed document that also is deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement.  Any such statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as modified or superseded,
to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

        The Servicer will provide without charge to each person, including any
Noteholder, to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or
oral request of any such person, a copy of any of or all the documents
incorporated herein by reference (other than exhibits to such documents unless
such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference). Written requests for
such copies should be directed to Newcourt Credit Group Inc., BCE Place, 181
Bay Street, Suite 3500, P.O. Box 827, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2T3,
Attention:  Vice President--Treasurer.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This Prospectus Summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the information with respect to the Notes contained in the related Prospectus
Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection with the offering of such
Notes.  Certain capitalized terms used in this Prospectus Summary are defined
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  A listing of the pages on which some of such
terms are defined is found in the "Glossary".

                           GENERALLY APPLICABLE TERMS

Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   The Trust to be formed pursuant to
                                              the Pooling Agreement will be the
                                              issuer of each Series of Notes. 

Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   NRC, a Delaware corporation and a
                                              wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                              Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc., a
                                              Delaware corporation ("Newcourt
                                              USA"), which, in turn, is a
                                              wholly-owned subsidiary of
                                              Newcourt.  The principal executive
                                              offices of the Seller are located
                                              at Ten Almaden Boulevard, Suite
                                              500, San Jose, California 95113.

Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Newcourt, an Ontario corporation. 
                                              The principal executive offices of
                                              the Servicer are located at BCE
                                              Place, 181 Bay Street, Suite 3500,
                                              P.O. Box 827, Toronto, Ontario,
                                              Canada M5J 2T3.

Issuer Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Chemical Bank Delaware.  The
                                              principal executive offices of the
                                              Issuer Trustee are located at 1201
                                              Market Street, Wilmington,
                                              Delaware 19801.

Collateral Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Fleet National Bank.  The
                                              principal executive offices of the
                                              Collateral Agent are located at
                                              777 Main Street, 11th Floor,
                                              Hartford, Connecticut 06115. 

Financing Originators . . . . . . . . . . .   Newcourt Financial USA Inc. and
                                              Newcourt Transportation USA Inc.
                                              (collectively, the "Financing
                                              Originators"), both of which are
                                              wholly-owned subsidiaries of
                                              Newcourt USA and are domiciled in
                                              the United States. 

Trust Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   The assets of the Trust ("Trust
                                              Assets") will include the
                                              following:
<PAGE>
  A.  Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   On the closing date (a "Closing
                                              Date") for the first Series of
                                              Notes (the "First Closing Date"),
                                              the Seller will sell to the Trust
                                              an initial pool of Contracts
                                              originated or purchased by
                                              Newcourt Financial USA Inc., one
                                              of the Financing Originators, (the
                                              "Original Contracts"), consisting
                                              of End-User Contracts and Vendor
                                              Notes specified in a supplement
                                              (each, a "Supplement") to the
                                              Pooling Agreement.  Certain of the
                                              Original Contracts were purchased
                                              by the Seller from Newcourt
                                              Financial USA Inc. on December 28,
                                              1995 under the Original Purchase
                                              Agreement.  See "Use of Proceeds".
                                              The Trust will be entitled to all
                                              collections with respect to the
                                              Original Contracts due on or after
                                              the Cutoff Date specified in the
                                              related Supplement.  Subsequent to
                                              the First Closing Date, the Seller
                                              at its option may, in connection
                                              with the issuance of an additional
                                              Series of Notes, sell to the Trust
                                              from time to time prior to the
                                              date which is eighteen months from
                                              the First Closing Date (such date,
                                              the "Commitment Termination
                                              Date"), additional Contracts
                                              originated by one or both of the
                                              Financing Originators and
                                              purchased by the Seller under a
                                              Subsequent Purchase Agreement, as
                                              specified in the related
                                              Supplement ("Additional
                                              Contracts"), subject to certain
                                              terms and conditions described
                                              herein.  Such terms and conditions
                                              include, without limitation, the 
                                              satisfaction of certain coverage
                                              tests, the delivery of certain
                                              legal opinions and the receipt of
                                              confirmation from the Rating
                                              Agency that such addition will not
                                              result in a Ratings Effect with
                                              respect to any outstanding Series
                                              of Notes.  In connection with each
                                              transfer of Additional Contracts
                                              to the Trust, a Supplement
                                              describing such Additional
                                              Contracts will be executed by the
                                              Seller, the Servicer, the
                                              Collateral Agent and the Issuer
                                              Trustee.  See "Description of the
<PAGE>
                                              Notes--New Issuances; Addition of
                                              Trust Assets".  The Trust will be
                                              entitled to all collections with
                                              respect to the Additional
                                              Contracts due on or after the
                                              Cutoff Date specified in the
                                              related Supplement.  The Original
                                              Contracts and any Additional
                                              Contracts will individually be
                                              referred to as "Contracts".  The
                                              aggregate of the Contracts, other
                                              than any Contracts which have been
                                              re-assigned to the Seller as
                                              provided herein or have been paid
                                              (or prepaid) in full, will
                                              collectively comprise the
                                              "Contract Pool".  Each Series will
                                              be secured by all Collections on
                                              each Contract in the Contract Pool
                                              as of the Cutoff Date for such
                                              Contract specified in the
                                              Prospectus Supplement related to
                                              the Closing Date on which such
                                              Contract is transferred to the
                                              Trust and in the Supplement
                                              executed in connection with such
                                              transfer.
 
                                              All of the Contracts to be
                                              included from time to time in the
                                              Trust are conditional sale
                                              agreements (each, a "CSA"),
                                              promissory notes with (a "Secured
                                              Note") or without (an "Unsecured
                                              Note") related security agreements
                                              (each, a "Secured or Unsecured
                                              Note"), operating and finance
                                              leases (each, a "Lease"),
                                              installment payment agreements
                                              (each, an "IPA") or other similar
                                              types of financing agreements
                                              (each, a "Financing Agreement")
                                              covering Financed Items or in the
                                              case of Vendor Notes, secured by
                                              End-User Contracts which, in turn,
                                              cover Financed Items.  With
                                              respect to Leases, the Seller will
                                              represent either (i) that such
                                              Leases are "net leases" and
                                              contain "hell or high water"
                                              provisions in favor of the Seller,
                                              which unconditionally obligate
                                              each applicable lessee (each, a
                                              "Lessee") to make all payments
                                              scheduled under its Lease, without
                                              setoff or (ii) with respect to
                                              certain Leases with Lessees that
<PAGE>
                                              are governmental entities or
                                              municipalities, if such Lease is
                                              cancelled in accordance with its
                                              terms, either (x) the Vendor (as
                                              hereinafter defined) which
                                              assigned such Lease to a Financing
                                              Originator is unconditionally
                                              obligated to repurchase such Lease
                                              from such Financing Originator for
                                              a purchase price not less than the
                                              Discounted Contract Balance of
                                              such Lease (as of the date of
                                              purchase) plus interest thereon at
                                              the weighted average of the Series
                                              Discount Rates through the
                                              Distribution Date following such
                                              date of repurchase or (y) pursuant
                                              to the Applicable Purchase
                                              Agreement, the Financing
                                              Originator which sold such Lease
                                              to the Seller has indemnified the
                                              Seller against such cancellation
                                              in an amount equal to the
                                              Discounted Contract Balance of
                                              such Lease (as of the date of
                                              purchase) plus interest thereon at
                                              the weighted average of the Series
                                              Discount Rates through the
                                              Distribution Date following such
                                              cancellation less any amounts paid
                                              by the Vendor pursuant to clause
                                              (x).

                                              The Original Contracts will be or
                                              have been selected by each
                                              applicable Financing Originator
                                              from its respective portfolio of
                                              CSAs, Secured or Unsecured Notes,
                                              Leases, IPAs, Financing Agreements
                                              and Vendor Notes and will have the
                                              characteristics specified in the
                                              Pooling Agreement and described
                                              herein and in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement.  Additional
                                              Contracts will be required to meet
                                              such criteria as may be required
                                              from time to time by the Rating
                                              Agency and will have the
                                              characteristics specified in the
                                              Pooling Agreement and described
                                              herein and in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement; provided,
                                              however, that Additional Contracts
                                              may be added to the Contract Pool
                                              only if such addition would not
                                              result in the Rating Agency
                                              reducing or withdrawing its rating
<PAGE>
                                              of any Series of Class A Notes
                                              previously issued.  See "The
                                              Contracts" and "The Pooling
                                              Agreement--Representations and
                                              Warranties".

  B.  Contract Property . . . . . . . . . .   All of the Seller's right, title
                                              and interest (which may be limited
                                              to a security interest) in the
                                              Original Purchase Agreement, each
                                              Subsequent Purchase Agreement and
                                              the Equipment, if any, subject to
                                              each Lease and the security
                                              interest of the Financing
                                              Originators in the Equipment, if
                                              any, subject to each CSA, Secured
                                              Note, IPA, Financing Agreement and
                                              Vendor Note included in the
                                              Contract Pool will be transferred
                                              to the Trust.

                                              Equipment will be comprised
                                              primarily of information
                                              technology, communications,
                                              commercial, industrial,
                                              transportation, resources and
                                              construction equipment.  See "The
                                              Contracts--Equipment".  In the
                                              event the party obligated to make
                                              payments under any Contract (as to
                                              a Contract, the "Obligor")
                                              defaults in such payments, the
                                              Servicer will follow its customary
                                              and usual collection procedures,
                                              which may include the repossession
                                              and sale of any related Equipment
                                              on behalf of the Trust.  Any
                                              Recoveries from such sale shall
                                              constitute Available Amounts (as
                                              hereinafter defined).  See "The
                                              Contracts--Equipment", "Credit and
                                              Contract Servicing Procedures--
                                              Contract Collections" and
                                              "Description of the Notes--
                                              Defaulted Contracts".

                                              Certain End-User Contracts cover
                                              Financed Items other than
                                              Equipment, including computer
                                              software ("Software") and related
                                              support and consulting services
                                              (collectively, "Services").  The
                                              Trust will not have title to or a
                                              security interest in such
                                              Software, nor will it own such
                                              Services, and would not be able to
                                              realize any value therefrom under
<PAGE>
                                              a related Contract upon a default
                                              by the Obligor.  See "The
                                              Contracts--Software" herein.

                                              Each Series of Notes will be
                                              secured (to the extent described
                                              herein) by all Contracts and
                                              Applicable Security in the
                                              Contract Pool. 

  C.  Collection Account  . . . . . . . . .   A trust account will be
                                              established by the Servicer in the
                                              name of and maintained by the
                                              Collateral Agent (the "Collection
                                              Account") into which all amounts
                                              that will be collected for the
                                              Trust will be deposited in
                                              accordance with the Pooling
                                              Agreement.  See "Description of
                                              the Notes--Collection Account".

  D.  Reserve Account . . . . . . . . . . .   A trust account will be
                                              established by the Servicer in the
                                              name of and maintained by the
                                              Collateral Agent (the "Reserve
                                              Account") and will be funded on
                                              each Series Closing Date by
                                              Newcourt in an amount (the
                                              "Minimum Deposit") equal to the
                                              lesser of (x) 1% of the Series
                                              ADCB for such Series and (y) the
                                              amount by which amounts then on
                                              deposit therein are less than the
                                              Minimum Reserve Balance. 
                                              Thereafter, on each Distribution
                                              Date amounts required to be
                                              maintained on deposit in the
                                              Reserve Account will be funded
                                              with Series Available Amounts for
                                              such Series remaining after the
                                              payment of interest and principal
                                              payments due on such Series of
                                              Class A Notes and interest
                                              payments due on such Series of
                                              Class B Notes.
  
                                              On each Distribution Date, amounts
                                              on deposit in the Reserve Account
                                              will be applied as described
                                              herein under "Description of the
                                              Notes--Reserve Account".  As so
                                              described, on each Distribution
                                              Date amounts on deposit in the
                                              Reserve Account in excess of the
                                              Minimum Reserve Balance will be
                                              paid first, to Newcourt and
<PAGE>
                                              second, to the holder of the Class
                                              C Notes.

  E.  Vendor Agreements   . . . . . . . . .   Each Financing Originator's vendor
                                              finance program agreements (each,
                                              a "Program Agreement") are
                                              agreements with equipment
                                              manufacturers, dealers and
                                              distributors or computer software
                                              licensors or distributors or other
                                              persons located in either the
                                              United States or Canada
                                              ("Vendors") which, in each case,
                                              provide the Financing Originator
                                              with the opportunity to finance
                                              transactions relating to the
                                              acquisition or use by an End-User
                                              of a Vendor's Equipment, Software,
                                              Services or other products.  Some
                                              of these Program Agreements take
                                              the form of a referral
                                              relationship which typically does
                                              not include credit support from
                                              the Vendor.  All rights of the
                                              Financing Originators under the
                                              Program Agreements with respect to
                                              the Contracts are generally
                                              assignable and will be so assigned
                                              by the Financing Originator to the
                                              Seller and contributed by the
                                              Seller to the Trust.  Such rights
                                              may include various forms of
                                              support to the Financing
                                              Originators under such Program
                                              Agreements including
                                              representations and warranties by
                                              the Vendor in respect of the End-
                                              User Contracts assigned by the
                                              Vendor to the Financing Originator
                                              and related Equipment, Software or
                                              Services, credit support with
                                              respect to defaults by End-Users
                                              and equipment repurchase and
                                              remarketing arrangements upon
                                              early termination of End-User
                                              Contracts upon a default by the
                                              End-User.  See "The Contracts--
                                              Vendor Agreements".

                                              In addition to the foregoing, each
                                              Financing Originator may enter
                                              into assignment agreements (each a
                                              "Vendor Assignment"; collectively,
                                              with the Program Agreements,
                                              "Vendor Agreements") from time to
                                              time with Vendors pursuant to
                                              which individual End-User
<PAGE>
                                              Contracts originated by Vendors
                                              are assigned to such Financing
                                              Originator, rather than pursuant
                                              to a Program Agreement.  Each
                                              Vendor Assignment will either be
                                              made with or without recourse
                                              against the Vendor for End-User
                                              defaults and will generally
                                              contain many, if not all, of the
                                              representations, warranties and
                                              covenants typically contained in
                                              Program Agreements, as well as a
                                              Vendor repurchase requirement in
                                              the event of a breach by the
                                              Vendor of such representations,
                                              warranties or covenants.  Vendor
                                              Assignments typically do not
                                              provide for any Vendor remarketing
                                              support in the event of an End-
                                              User default.

Distribution Dates  . . . . . . . . . . . .   The 20th day of each calendar
                                              month or, if such day is either a
                                              Saturday, a Sunday or any other
                                              day on which banking institutions
                                              in New York, New York, Hartford,
                                              Connecticut, Toronto, Ontario,
                                              Canada (or, with respect to any
                                              Series, any additional city
                                              specified in the related
                                              Supplement) are authorized or
                                              obligated by law or required by
                                              executive order to be closed (each
                                              such day, a "Business Day"), the
                                              next following Business Day (each
                                              such day, a "Distribution Date"). 

Indenture Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . .   The Applicable Indenture Trustee
                                              under an Indenture will be
                                              specified in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement.

Issuance of Additional Series . . . . . . .   The Pooling Agreement will provide
                                              that, pursuant to any one or more
                                              Supplements, the Seller may from
                                              time to time prior to the
                                              Commitment Termination Date cause
                                              the Issuer Trustee without the
                                              consent of Noteholders (but
                                              subject to the conditions set
                                              forth herein under "Description of
                                              the Notes--New Issuances; Addition
                                              of Trust Assets") to issue one or
                                              more new Series of Notes.  Under
                                              the Pooling Agreement, the Seller
                                              may determine the terms of any new
                                              Series without the consent of
<PAGE>
                                              Noteholders.  In connection with
                                              the issuance of each subsequent
                                              Series, the Seller will transfer
                                              Additional Contracts to the Trust.
                                              Because (i) each Series will have
                                              an interest in the entire Contract
                                              Pool (and, therefore, each
                                              subsequent Series will have an
                                              interest in each of the Contracts
                                              (and related security) transferred
                                              to the Trust in connection with
                                              each prior Series of Notes) and
                                              (ii) an Event of Default under a
                                              subsequent Series will result in
                                              an Event of Default under an
                                              existing Series, there can be no
                                              assurance that the terms of any
                                              subsequent Series will not have an
                                              impact on the timing and amount of
                                              payments received by a Noteholder
                                              of another Series previously
                                              issued by the Trust.  See "Risk
                                              Factors--Issuance of Additional
                                              Series; Credit Quality of
                                              Additional Contracts".

                                              The Seller may offer any Series to
                                              the public or other investors, in
                                              transactions either registered
                                              under the Securities Act or exempt
                                              from registration thereunder,
                                              directly or through one or more
                                              underwriters or placement agents,
                                              in fixed-price offerings or in
                                              negotiated transactions or
                                              otherwise.  See "Plan of
                                              Distribution".

                                              A new Series to be issued by the
                                              Trust may be issued only upon
                                              satisfaction of the conditions
                                              described herein under
                                              "Description of the Notes-New
                                              Issuances" including, among
                                              others, that (a) such issuance
                                              will not result in a Ratings
                                              Effect with respect to other
                                              Series of the Trust and (b) the
                                              Seller shall have delivered to the
                                              Collateral Agent and certain
                                              providers of Credit Enhancement a
                                              certificate of an authorized
                                              officer to the effect that, in the
                                              reasonable belief of the Seller,
                                              such issuance will not, based on
                                              the facts known to such officer at
                                              the time of such certification,
<PAGE>
                                              cause an Event of Default or a
                                              Restricting Event to occur with
                                              respect to any Series of the
                                              Trust.  See "Description of the
                                              Notes-Restricting Events".  The
                                              proceeds from the issuance of an
                                              additional Series of Notes will be
                                              used either (i) to purchase
                                              Additional Contracts or (ii) to
                                              refinance any other Series of
                                              Notes. 

                                              The occurrence of an Event of
                                              Default or a Restricting Event
                                              under any Indenture will
                                              constitute an Event of Default or
                                              Restricting Event, respectively,
                                              for all Series of Class A Notes.  

The Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Each Series will consist of three
                                              Classes of Notes:  the Class A
                                              Notes, the Class B Notes and the
                                              Class C Notes, in each case as
                                              designated in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement.  Each
                                              Series of Class A Notes will be
                                              issued pursuant to a separate
                                              Indenture (the "Applicable
                                              Indenture") among the Trust, the
                                              Collateral Agent and the
                                              Applicable Indenture Trustee.

                                              Class A Notes will be available
                                              for purchase in denominations of
                                              $1,000 and integral multiples
                                              thereof, and will be available in
                                              book-entry form only.  Class A
                                              Noteholders will be able to
                                              receive Definitive Class A Notes
                                              only in the limited circumstances
                                              described herein.  See "Certain
                                              Information Regarding the Notes--
                                              Definitive Notes".

                                              Each Series of Class A Notes may
                                              differ as to the timing of
                                              payment, allocations of loss,
                                              Interest Rate or amount of
                                              payments of principal or interest,
                                              or as to which payments of
                                              principal or interest may or may
                                              not be made upon the occurrence of
                                              specified events or on the basis
                                              of collections from designated
                                              portions of the Contract Pool.  
<PAGE>
Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Each Class of Notes will have a
                                              stated principal amount and will
                                              bear interest at a specified rate
                                              or rates (with respect to each
                                              Class of Notes, the "Interest
                                              Rate").  Each Class of Notes may
                                              have a different Interest Rate,
                                              which may be a fixed, variable or
                                              adjustable Interest Rate, or any
                                              combination of the foregoing. 
                                              Each Prospectus Supplement will
                                              specify the Interest Rate for the
                                              related Class of Notes, or the
                                              initial Interest Rate and the
                                              method for determining subsequent
                                              changes to the Interest Rate.

Principal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Each Note will mature on the date
                                              (the "Maturity Date") specified in
                                              the related Prospectus Supplement.
                                              However, if all payments on the
                                              Contracts are made as scheduled,
                                              final payment with respect to the
                                              Notes  would occur prior to stated
                                              maturity.

                                              Principal of the Class A Notes of
                                              a Series will be payable on each
                                              Distribution Date in an amount
                                              equal to the Class A Principal
                                              Payment Amount (as defined herein)
                                              for such Series and for such
                                              Distribution Date to the extent of
                                              the Series Available Amounts (as
                                              so defined) remaining after
                                              payment  of interest in respect of
                                              the Notes to the extent described
                                              herein and to the extent of
                                              amounts otherwise payable on
                                              account of the Subordinated Notes
                                              of all Series.  See "Description
                                              of the Notes- Allocations". 
                                              Payment of principal of the
                                              Subordinated Notes of all Series
                                              and payment of interest of the
                                              Class C Notes of all Series will
                                              be subordinated to the payment of
                                              principal of the Class A Notes of
                                              each Series as described under
                                              "Description of the Notes--
                                              Allocations".  The Notes will
                                              mature and be due and payable on
                                              their respective Maturity Dates. 
                                              Prior thereto, amounts to be
                                              applied in reduction of the
                                              outstanding Principal Amount of
                                              any Note, including the payment of
<PAGE>
                                              the Class A Principal Payment
                                              Amount payable on any Distribution
                                              Date, will not be due and payable,
                                              although the failure of the Seller
                                              to remit any Available Amounts (as
                                              so defined) (including Available
                                              Amounts to be used to make a Class
                                              A Principal Payment Amount) will,
                                              after the applicable grace period,
                                              constitute an Event of Default. 
                                              See "Description of the Notes--
                                              Events of Default".

Credit Enhancement  . . . . . . . . . . . .   Credit enhancement with respect to
                                              the Class A Notes of any Series
                                              will include subordination of the
                                              payment of the principal of the
                                              Subordinated Notes of each Series
                                              and of all of the interest on the
                                              Class C Notes of each Series, the
                                              allocation of amounts on deposit
                                              in the Reserve Account and, if so
                                              specified in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement, the
                                              availability of an Excess Spread
                                              Amount.  If and to the extent
                                              specified in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement, credit
                                              enhancement with respect to a
                                              Series of Notes (as to such
                                              Series, "Series Enhancement") may
                                              also include any one or more of
                                              the following: 
                                              overcollateralization, letters of
                                              credit, credit or liquidity
                                              facilities, repurchase
                                              obligations, a surety bond,
                                              insurance policy, guaranty or
                                              similar forms of third party
                                              payments or support, the
                                              establishment of a cash collateral
                                              account, additional reserve
                                              account, spread account or similar
                                              cash deposits, the subordination
                                              of one or more Classes of Notes of
                                              such Series, the use of cross
                                              support features, or any
                                              combination of the foregoing.  Any
                                              form of credit enhancement may
                                              have certain limitations and
                                              exclusions from coverage
                                              thereunder, which will be
                                              described in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement.  The credit
                                              enhancement, including any Series
                                              Enhancement, available to a Class
                                              of Notes is referred to as the
<PAGE>
                                              "Credit Enhancement" for such
                                              Series.

                                              The type, characteristics and
                                              amount of the Credit Enhancement
                                              with respect to any Series or
                                              Class thereof will be determined
                                              based on several factors,
                                              including the characteristics of
                                              the Contracts comprising the Trust
                                              Assets, and will be established on
                                              the basis of the requirements of
                                              each applicable Rating Agency. 
                                              The available amount of any Credit
                                              Enhancement with respect to any
                                              Series or Class may be limited,
                                              may not provide protections
                                              against all risks of loss and will
                                              be subject to reduction from time
                                              to time as described in the
                                              Prospectus Supplement.  See
                                              "Description of the Notes--Credit
                                              Enhancement" and "Risk Factors--
                                              Limited Nature of Rating".

Subordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   The rights of the holders of Class
                                              B Notes (the "Class B
                                              Noteholders") and Class C Notes
                                              (the "Class C Noteholders";
                                              together with the Class B
                                              Noteholders, the "Subordinated
                                              Noteholders") to receive the
                                              payment of the principal of the
                                              Subordinated Notes, the rights of
                                              the Class C Noteholders to the
                                              payment of interest on the Class C
                                              Notes and the right of Class B
                                              Noteholder to the payment of
                                              interest on the Class B Notes will
                                              be subordinated to the rights of
                                              the Class A Noteholders (together
                                              with the Subordinated Noteholders,
                                              collectively, the "Noteholders"),
                                              as described more fully herein and
                                              in the related Prospectus
                                              Supplement.

Pooling Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .   With respect to each Series of
                                              Notes, the Seller will purchase
                                              or, with respect to the first
                                              Series of Notes, will have
                                              purchased Contracts from one or
                                              both of the Financing Originators
                                              pursuant to the Applicable
                                              Purchase Agreement and the Seller
                                              will transfer such Contracts to
                                              the Trust pursuant to the Pooling
<PAGE>
                                              Agreement.  The Trust will grant a
                                              security interest in the Contracts
                                              so acquired and the other Trust
                                              Assets to the Collateral Agent for
                                              the benefit of the Indenture
                                              Trustees, the Noteholders of each
                                              Series and certain providers of
                                              Credit Enhancement (the "Secured
                                              Parties").

                                              With respect to each Series of
                                              Notes, the Servicer will be
                                              responsible for servicing,
                                              managing and making collections on
                                              the Contracts.  Subject to certain
                                              exceptions, the Servicer will
                                              deposit any collections on the
                                              Contracts in a Collection Period
                                              into the Collection Account within
                                              two business days of the date such
                                              collections are processed by or on
                                              behalf of the Servicer.  

                                              In certain limited circumstances,
                                              Newcourt may resign or be removed
                                              as Servicer, in which event either
                                              the Collateral Agent or, so long
                                              as it meets certain eligibility
                                              standards set forth in the Pooling
                                              Agreement, a third-party servicer
                                              may be appointed as successor
                                              servicer (Newcourt or any such
                                              successor servicer is referred to
                                              herein as the "Servicer"). 
                                              Newcourt is permitted to delegate
                                              any of its duties as Servicer to
                                              any of its affiliates and to
                                              certain third-party service
                                              providers, but any such delegation
                                              will not relieve the Servicer of
                                              its obligations under the Pooling
                                              Agreement or any Supplement.  The
                                              Servicer will receive servicing
                                              fees payable with respect to each
                                              Series offered hereby as servicing
                                              compensation from the Trust.  

Mandatory Reassignment and Transfer                                             
of Certain Contract Payments  . . . . . . .   Pursuant to the Purchase
                                              Agreements, Newcourt Financial USA
                                              Inc. has (in the case of the
                                              Existing Contracts) or either or
                                              both of the Financing Originators
                                              will sell to the Seller Contracts,
                                              amounts due thereon and the
                                              related Equipment, security
                                              interests in Equipment and/or
<PAGE>
                                              security interests in Secondary
                                              Contracts and related Equipment,
                                              as applicable (the Equipment
                                              securing End-User Contracts and
                                              the End-User Contracts (and
                                              related interests in Equipment)
                                              securing Vendor Notes are
                                              collectively referred to as the
                                              "Applicable Security"), and, with
                                              respect to each Financing
                                              Originator, will make certain
                                              representations and warranties to
                                              the Seller with respect to the
                                              Contracts sold by it and the
                                              Secondary Contracts related to
                                              Vendor Notes sold by it, including
                                              (i) that the transfer to the
                                              Seller of such Contracts
                                              constitutes a valid sale and
                                              transfer of such Financing
                                              Originator's right, title and
                                              interest therein and that such
                                              Contracts are Eligible Contracts
                                              and (ii) that the transfer to the
                                              Seller of such Financing
                                              Originator's security interest in
                                              the Secondary Contracts securing
                                              each Vendor Note constitutes a
                                              valid sale and transfer of such
                                              Financing Originator's right,
                                              title and interest therein and
                                              that such Secondary Contracts are
                                              Eligible Secondary Contracts. 
                                              Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement,
                                              the Seller will sell to the Trust
                                              the Transferred Assets (as
                                              hereinafter defined) and the
                                              Seller's rights under the Purchase
                                              Agreements and will make certain
                                              representations and warranties
                                              with respect to the Contracts,
                                              including (i) that the transfer to
                                              the Trust of the Contracts
                                              constitutes a valid sale thereof
                                              and (ii) that the lien thereon
                                              granted by the Trust in favor of
                                              the Collateral Agent constitutes a
                                              valid and duly perfected lien.  In
                                              connection with the issuance of
                                              additional Series of Notes, one or
                                              both of the Financing Originators
                                              will transfer Additional Contracts
                                              and related Equipment (or
                                              Applicable Security) to the
                                              Seller, and the Seller will
                                              transfer such Additional Contracts
                                              and related Equipment (or
<PAGE>
                                              Applicable Security) to the Trust
                                              and the Trust will grant a lien
                                              thereon in favor of the Collateral
                                              Agent.  Additional Contracts
                                              generally will be subject to the
                                              same representations and
                                              warranties by the applicable
                                              Financing Originators and the
                                              Seller as the Original Contracts. 
                                              In the event of a breach of any
                                              such representation and warranty,
                                              under certain circumstances and
                                              subject to certain conditions
                                              described under "The Pooling
                                              Agreement Generally--Represen-
                                              tations and Warranties", the
                                              Contracts with respect to which
                                              such breach relates will be
                                              reassigned to the Seller.  The
                                              reassignment of Contracts will be
                                              the Trust's only remedy for the
                                              breach by a Financing Originator
                                              or the Seller of any of such
                                              representations and warranties. 
                                              An Ineligible Contract reassigned
                                              to the Seller is not required to
                                              be replaced by the Seller with an
                                              Additional Contract. 

Servicer Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . .   The Servicer may advance Scheduled
                                              Payments with respect to any
                                              Contract (a "Servicer Advance")
                                              which were due in a Collection
                                              Period and were not received by
                                              the Determination Date following
                                              the end of the Collection Period,
                                              to the extent that the Servicer,
                                              in its sole discretion, expects to
                                              recover the Servicer Advance from
                                              subsequent payments on or with
                                              respect to the Contract.  The
                                              Servicer shall be entitled to
                                              reimbursement of Servicer Advances
                                              from subsequent payments on or
                                              with respect to the Contract and
                                              from other Contracts included in
                                              the Trust and, unless otherwise
                                              described in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement, any cash
                                              collateral or reserve account or
                                              other Credit Enhancement.  See
                                              "The Pooling Agreement Generally--
                                              Collection and Other Servicing
                                              Procedures".

Optional Termination  . . . . . . . . . . .   The Seller will have the option,
                                              subject to certain conditions, to
<PAGE>
                                              redeem (without penalty) all, but
                                              not less than all, of the Class A
                                              Notes and Class B Notes of all
                                              Series on any Distribution Date on
                                              which the then outstanding
                                              principal balance of the Class A
                                              Notes and Class B Notes of all
                                              Series (after giving effect to any
                                              payments on such Distribution
                                              Date) is 10% or less than the
                                              aggregate principal amount of the
                                              Class A Notes and Class B Notes of
                                              all Series as of the date of their
                                              respective original issuance.  In
                                              the event of such an optional
                                              termination, the entire
                                              outstanding principal amount of
                                              the Class A Notes and Class B
                                              Notes of all Series, together with
                                              accrued interest thereon, shall be
                                              payable to the holders of the
                                              Class A Notes and Class B Notes on
                                              such Distribution Date.  The Class
                                              C Notes of any Series will not be
                                              subject to optional redemption
                                              prior to the payment in full of
                                              the Class A Notes and Class B
                                              Notes of each Series.

Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Tax Counsel to NRC is of the
                                              opinion that under existing law
                                              (i) the Class A Notes will be
                                              characterized as indebtedness for
                                              federal income tax purposes and
                                              (ii) the Trust will not be treated
                                              as an association taxable as a
                                              corporation or a publicly traded
                                              partnership taxable as a
                                              corporation. See "Certain Federal
                                              Income Tax Matters" and "Certain
                                              State Income Tax Matters" for
                                              additional information concerning
                                              the application of federal and
                                              state tax laws.

ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . .   The Class A Notes may be eligible
                                              for purchase by pension, profit-
                                              sharing or other employee benefit
                                              plans, as well as individual
                                              retirement accounts and certain
                                              types of Keogh Plans (each, a
                                              "Benefit Plan").  See "ERISA
                                              Considerations" herein and in the
                                              Related Prospectus Supplement.

Rating of the Notes . . . . . . . . . . . .   It will be a condition to the
                                              issuance of each Series of Class A
<PAGE>
                                              Notes that they be rated no less
                                              than AA by Standard & Poor's
                                              Ratings Services ("S&P") or Aa by
                                              Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
                                              ("Moody's"), as selected by the
                                              Seller (the rating agency or
                                              agencies selected by the Seller to
                                              rate any Series, the "Rating
                                              Agency").  The rating or ratings
                                              condition applicable to the Class
                                              A Notes of each such Series will
                                              be set forth in the Prospectus
                                              Supplement.

                                              A security rating is not a
                                              recommendation to buy, sell or
                                              hold securities and may be subject
                                              to revision or withdrawal at any
                                              time by the assigning Rating
                                              Agency.  A security rating should
                                              be evaluated independently of any
                                              other rating. See "Risk Factors--
                                              Limited Nature of  Rating".
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

Maturity and Prepayment Considerations

         Because the rate of payment of principal on the Notes will depend,
among other things, on the rate of payment on the Contracts, the rate of
payment of principal on the Notes, including the payment of any Class A
Principal Payment Amount when expected, cannot be assured.  Payments on the
Contracts will include Scheduled Payments as well as partial and full
prepayments (including any Scheduled Payment (or portion thereof) which the
Servicer has received, and expressly permitted the related Obligor to make, in
advance of its scheduled due date and which will be applied on such due date
(any such prepayment of a Scheduled Payment, an "Optional Prepayment"), and any
and all cash proceeds or rents realized from the sale, lease, re-lease or re-
financing of Equipment under a Prepaid Contract, net of liquidation expenses),
payments upon the liquidation of Defaulted Contracts, payments upon purchases
by the Seller or Servicer as a result of the breach of certain representations
and warranties or covenants in the Pooling Agreement and payments upon an
optional termination of the Trust (any such voluntary or involuntary
prepayment, purchase or termination, a "Prepayment").  The occurrence of an
Event of Default or a Restricting Event may also result in the receipt by Class
A Noteholders of principal payments on the Class A Notes in excess of the
expected Class A Principal Payment Amount and result in earlier than
anticipated repayment of the Class A Notes, and an Event of Default or
Restricting Event under any Indenture will constitute an Event of Default or
Restricting Event, respectively, for all Series of Class A Notes.  Noteholders
may not be able to reinvest Distributions of principal at yields equivalent to
the yield on the Notes.  See "Description of the Notes--Principal", "--
Additions of Trust Assets" and "--Restricting Events".  Further, the Servicer
may permit the Obligor under a Contract to make an Optional Prepayment in an
amount which is less than the amount sufficient to repay the portion of such
Contract financed by the Noteholders (together with accrued interest thereon)
so long as the Trust is indemnified for any such insufficiency by the Vendor or
Financing Originator related to such Contract.  See "Description of the Notes--
Prepaid Contracts".

         The rate of early terminations of Contracts due to Prepayments,
including defaults, is influenced by various factors, including technological
change, changes in customer requirements, the level of interest rates, the
level of casualty losses, and the overall economic environment.  Many
prepayments occur at the request of customers, whose motivations may not be
known to NRC.  No assurance can be given that Prepayments (including Optional
Prepayments) on the Contracts will conform to any historical experience, and no
prediction can be made as to the actual rate of Prepayments which will be
experienced on the Contracts.  Noteholders will bear all reinvestment risk
resulting from the rate of Prepayments on the Contracts.  

Absence of Secondary Market Trading

         It is anticipated that, to the extent permitted, the underwriters of
any Series of Class A Notes offered hereby will make a market in such Notes,
but in no event will any underwriter be under an obligation to do so.  There
can be no assurance that a secondary market will develop with respect to the
Class A Notes of any Series or, if such a secondary market does develop, that
it will provide Class A Noteholders with liquidity of investment or that it
will continue for the life of the Class A Notes.
<PAGE>
Issuance of Additional Series; Credit Quality of Additional Contracts

         It is anticipated that the Trust will from time to time issue more than
one Series.  While the terms of any Series will be specified in a Supplement,
the provisions of a Supplement and, therefore, the terms of any Additional
Series, will not be subject to prior review by, or consent of, holders of the
Notes of any Series previously issued by the Trust.  Such terms may include
methods for allocating collections, provisions creating different or additional
security or other Credit Enhancements and any other amendment or supplement to
the Pooling Agreement which is made applicable only to such Series.  Such terms
may also include Events of Default in addition to those applicable to any other
Series, and an Event of Default under any Series will be an Event of Default
under all Series. The obligation of the Issuer Trustee to issue any new Series
is subject to the following conditions, among others:  (i) the issuance will
not result in any Rating Agency reducing or withdrawing its rating of the Notes
of any outstanding Series (any such reduction or withdrawal is referred to
herein as a "Ratings Effect"), and (ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the
Issuer Trustee and certain providers of Credit Enhancement a certificate of an
authorized officer to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the Seller,
the issuance will not, based on the facts known to the officer at the time of
the certification, cause an Event of Default or a Restricting Event to occur
with respect to any Series.  There can be no assurance, however, that the terms
of any subsequent Series will not affect the timing and amount of payments
received by a Class A Noteholder of another Series previously issued by the
same Trust.  See "Description of the Notes--New Issuances".

         In connection with each New Issuance the Seller expects to designate
Eligible Contracts that it has available as Additional Contracts to be conveyed
along with an interest in any related Equipment or Applicable Security to the
Trust for inclusion in the Contract Pool.  Such Additional Contracts may
include CSAs, Secured or Unsecured Notes, Leases, IPAs, Financing Agreements
and Vendor Notes originated using criteria different from those which were
applied to the related Original Contracts because such CSAs, Secured or
Unsecured Notes, Leases, IPAs, Financing Agreements and Vendor Notes may have
been originated at a later date than the Original Contracts or were part of a
portfolio of operating and finance leases, installment purchase agreements or
financing agreements different from the portfolio from which the Original
Contracts were selected.  Consequently, there can be no assurance that
Additional Contracts will be of the same credit quality as the Original
Contracts or the Additional Contracts previously included in the Trust. 
Moreover, Additional Contracts designated at any time may be CSAs, Secured or
Unsecured Notes, Leases, IPAs, Financing Agreements and Vendor Notes which
contain terms and conditions that differ from the terms and conditions of the
Contracts previously included in the Trust, including lower periodic finance
charges and other fees and charges, which may have the effect of reducing the
average yield on the Contract Pool.  See "The Pooling Agreement Generally--
Representations and Warranties".  In addition, Additional Contracts designated
at any time may contain greater End-User, Vendor or geographic concentrations,
or greater concentrations based upon type or age of Equipment than the
concentrations applicable to the Original Contracts, which may have the effect
of reducing the credit quality of the Contract Pool.  The designation of
Additional Contracts will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions
described herein under "Description of the Notes--New Issuances; Addition of
Trust Assets", including that (i) such Addition will not result in a Ratings
Effect and (ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Issuer Trustee and
certain providers of Credit Enhancement a certificate of an authorized officer
to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the Seller, the Addition will
<PAGE>
not, based on the facts known to such officer at the time of such
certification, cause an Event of Default or a Restricting Event to occur with
respect to any Series.  See "Description of the Notes--New Issuances; Addition
of Trust Assets" and "--Restricting Events".  There can be no assurance that
the addition of Additional Contracts might not affect the timing of payments
received by Noteholders.

Certain Legal Aspects

         Transfer of Contracts.  There are certain limited circumstances under
the Uniform Commercial Code (the "UCC") and applicable federal law in which
prior or subsequent transferees of Contracts or Secondary Contracts could have
an interest in such contracts with priority over the Trust's interest.  In
addition, a lien on a Contract in favor of a third party arising subsequent to
the Closing Date on which such Contract is transferred to the Trust may have
priority over the interests of the Noteholders of each subsequently issued
Series in such Contract.  In such event, because the proceeds of each Contract
would be shared pro rata among all outstanding Series of Notes, each Noteholder
of an outstanding Series (including each outstanding Series issued prior to the
creation of such lien) could be adversely affected thereby.  See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Contracts--Transfer of Contracts." 

         In addition, in the case of an End-User Contract (including a Secondary
Contract) that is a "true lease" of Equipment the cost of which exceeds the
discounted present value of the rental payments under such End-User Contract, a
Financing Originator or third party residual investor may, at its sole
discretion, advance to the Vendor the present value of all or a portion of the
anticipated residual value of the Equipment (the "Residual Investment") in
addition to funding the discounted present value of the rental payments due
under such End-User Contract.  The Financing Originator may also assign its
interest in the Residual Investment, including any security interest in the
Equipment in respect of such Residual Investment (the "Subordinated Residual
Interest"), to Residual Assignees (as hereinafter defined) or may retain such
interest itself.  As a result, entities other than the Financing Originator may
have an interest in the Equipment related to a Contract or Secondary Contract. 
Under each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each Financing Originator party
thereto has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will warrant to the
Seller, and under the Pooling Agreement, the Seller will warrant and covenant
to the Trust, that any Subordinated Residual Interest will be subordinated to
the interests of the Trust in such End-User Contract and the related Equipment
and that any Residual Assignee will bear the full risk of any deficiency in
respect of the Residual Investment as a result of prior satisfaction of the
Trust's interest in such End-User Contract and the related Equipment.  See "The
Contracts--Vendor Agreements".  The Residual Investment (other than a
Guaranteed Residual Investment) is not included in the Discounted Contract
Balance of any Contract and, therefore, is not financed with the proceeds of
any Series of Notes described herein.

         Under each Vendor Agreement, the Vendor (i) has or will warrant to the 
Financing Originator that the Contracts transferred thereunder will be
transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party and that the
interests in Secondary Contracts transferred thereunder will be transferred
free and clear of the lien of any third party and (ii) has or will also
covenant that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on
any Contract (or Secondary Contract) transferred thereunder to a Financing

<PAGE>
Originator.  Under each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each Financing
Originator party thereto has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will
warrant to the Seller and, under the Pooling Agreement, the Seller will warrant
to the Trust, that the Contracts and security interests in Secondary Contracts
transferred thereunder will be transferred free and clear of the lien of any
third party except for the Subordinated Residual Interest of any Residual
Assignee.  Under each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each Financing Originator
party thereto has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will covenant to
the Seller and, under the Pooling Agreement, the Seller will also covenant to
the Trust, that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on
any Contract or Secondary Contract transferred to the Seller or the Trust
except for (i) the Subordinated Residual Interest of any Residual Assignee and
(ii) the lien of any Vendor and of a Financing Originator on Secondary
Contracts securing a Vendor Note.

         Interests in Vehicles.  The transfer to the Seller of the Financing
Originators' security interest in vehicles securing certain Contracts or
ownership interest in vehicles subject to Leases and the transfer of such
interests by the Seller to the Trust is subject to state vehicle registration
laws.  Due to the significant administrative burden and expense, the
certificates of title to the vehicles securing Contracts and to vehicles
subject to Leases will not identify the Trust as secured party or owner, as the
case may be, of such vehicles.  There exists a risk in not identifying the
Trust on the certificate of title as the new secured party or owner that,
through fraud or negligence, a third party could acquire an interest in the
vehicle superior to that of the Trust.  In addition, statutory liens for
repairs or unpaid taxes may have priority even over a perfected security
interest in the vehicles.

         Risk of Ineffective Sale.  Each Financing Originator will either (i)
originate Contracts or (ii) acquire End-User Contracts from a Vendor, which
Contracts will be transferred to the Seller.  In addition to the foregoing,
certain of the Existing Contracts were acquired by Newcourt from various
Vendors and sold to Newcourt Financial USA Inc. pursuant to an Asset Transfer
Agreement dated December 20, 1995 (the "Asset Transfer Agreement").  The
Discounted Contract Balance of such Contracts (the "Purchased Contracts")
represents less than 8% of the Discounted Contract Balance of all Existing
Contracts.  If the acquisition of an End-User Contract by a Financing
Originator is treated as a sale of such Contract from the applicable Vendor to
such Financing Originator, except in certain limited circumstances, such
Contract would not be part of such Vendor's bankruptcy estate and would not be
available to such Vendor's creditors.  If a Vendor became a debtor in a
bankruptcy case and, in the case of End-User Contracts acquired as described in
clause (ii) above, if an unpaid creditor of such Vendor or a representative of
creditors of such Vendor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or such Vendor
acting as a debtor-in-possession, were to take the position that the sale of
such Contracts to the Financing Originator was ineffective to remove such
Contracts from such Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be
recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of such Vendor),
then delays in payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should
the court rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Vendor, reductions
in the amount of such payments could result.  If the transfer of End-User
Contracts to the Financing Originators as described in clause (ii) above is
recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the
pledging Vendor arising before the Contracts came into existence may have
priority over such Financing Originator's interest in the Contracts.  No law
firm will, in connection with any offering of the Notes, express any opinion as
to the issues discussed in this paragraph.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy".
<PAGE>
         Further, if the acquisition of a Purchased Contract by Newcourt
Financial USA Inc. is treated as a sale of such Contract from Newcourt to such
Financing Originator, except in certain limited circumstances, such Contract
would not be part of Newcourt's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to
Newcourt's creditors.  If Newcourt became a debtor in a bankruptcy case then,
in the case of Purchased Contracts, if the transfer thereof pursuant to the
Asset Transfer Agreement is not treated as a sale, such Contract would be
available to satisfy claims against Newcourt.  Special Canadian counsel to
Newcourt has delivered on the Bridge Closing Date a reasoned legal opinion
that, based on the assumptions and qualifications contained therein, under the
laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada creditors of
Newcourt could not look successfully to the Purchased Assets to satisfy a claim
which they may have against the Seller, whether before or after a bankruptcy or
insolvency of the Seller, or in any proceeding instituted by or against the
Seller under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or the Companies'
Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada).

         In each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each Financing Originator party 
thereto has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will warrant to the
Seller that the conveyance of the Contracts by it to the Seller thereunder is a
valid sale and transfer of such Contracts to the Seller.  In addition, each
Financing Originator and the Seller will treat the transactions described
herein as a sale of the Contracts to the Seller and each Financing Originator
will take all actions that are required under applicable law to perfect the
Seller's ownership interest in the Contracts sold by it and the Seller's
security interest in the Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Notes sold by it. 
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts--Transfer of Contracts". 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Financing Originator became a debtor in a
bankruptcy case and an unpaid creditor of such Financing Originator or a
representative of creditors of such Financing Originator, such as a trustee in
bankruptcy, or such Financing Originator acting as a debtor-in-possession, were
to take the position that the sale of Contracts to the Seller was ineffective
to remove such Contracts from such Financing Originator's estate (for instance,
that such sale should be recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to secure
borrowings of such Financing Originator), then delays in payments under the
Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court rule in favor of such
creditor, representative or Financing Originator, reductions in the amount of
such payments could result.  If the transfer of Contracts to the Seller is
recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the
pledging Financing Originator arising before the Contracts came into existence
may have priority over the Seller's interest in the Contracts.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy".  If
the transactions contemplated herein are treated as a sale of Contracts to the
Seller, except in certain limited circumstances, the Contracts would not be
part of any Financing Originator's bankruptcy estate and would not be available
to such Financing Originator's creditors.

         In a recent decision, Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948
(10th Cir. 1993), the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit held
that, under the UCC, accounts sold by a debtor remain property of the debtor's
estate under Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In the event of a bankruptcy
of a Financing Originator, or, in the case of Contracts originated by a Vendor
and purchased by a Financing Originator, a bankruptcy of a Vendor, and a
determination by a court that the sale of the Contracts to the Seller or to the
Financing Originator, respectively, should be recharacterized as a pledge of
such Contracts to secure a borrowing, not as a "true sale," including as a
result of the application by a court of the Octagon court's reasoning to a
<PAGE>
Financing Originator's sale of Contracts to the Seller or to a Vendor's sale of
Contracts to a Financing Originator, delays in distributions on Notes, and
possible reductions in the amount of distributions, could occur.

         The Seller will warrant in the Pooling Agreement, among other things,
(i) that the conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust is a valid sale of the
Contracts to the Trust and (ii) that the security interest thereon granted by
the Trust in favor of the Collateral Agent is a valid and duly perfected
security interest, and will take all actions that are required under applicable
law to perfect the Trust's and the Collateral Agent's respective interests in
the Contracts and the Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Notes sold by it. 
Nevertheless, if the Seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and an
unpaid creditor of the Seller or a representative of creditors of the Seller,
such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or the Seller acting as a debtor-in-
possession, were to take the position that the sale of such Contracts to the
Trust was ineffective to remove such Contracts from the Seller's estate (for
instance, that such sale should be recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to
secure borrowings of the Seller), then delays in payments under the Contracts
to the Trust could occur or, should the court rule in favor of such creditor,
representative or Seller, reductions in the amount of such payments could
result.  If the transfer of Contracts to the Trust is recharacterized as a
pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the Seller arising before
the Contracts came into existence may have priority over the Noteholders'
interest in the Contracts.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts--
Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy".

         If the transactions contemplated herein are treated as a sale of
Contracts, except in certain limited circumstances, the Contracts would not be
part of the transferor's estate and would not be available to such transferor's
creditors.

         Risk of Rejection of "True Leases".   A bankruptcy trustee or debtor in
possession under the United States Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C. Section 101
et seq.) (the "Bankruptcy Code") has the right to elect to assume or reject any
executory  contract or unexpired lease which is considered to be a "true lease"
(and not a financing) under applicable law.  Any rejection of such a contract
or lease would constitute a breach of such contract or lease, as applicable, as
of the day preceding the commencement of the applicable bankruptcy case,
entitling the nonbreaching party to a pre-petition claim for damages.  

         Certain End-User Contracts will be "true leases" and thus subject to
rejection by the lessor under the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such End-User Contract
originated by a Financing Originator or acquired by a Financing Originator in a
transaction whereby such Financing Originator is the "lessor" thereunder, will
be subject to rejection by such Financing Originator, as debtor in possession,
or by such Financing Originator's bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection
Scheduled Payments under such rejected End-User Contract may terminate and the
Noteholders may be subject to losses if the Credit Enhancement, if any, and
security interests in the related Equipment are insufficient to cover the
losses.  In addition, any End-User Contract which is a "true lease" originated
by a Vendor and transferred to a Financing Originator in a transaction whereby
such Vendor continues to be the "lessor" thereunder (such as a transfer by a
Vendor to a Financing Originator of a security interest in such End-User
Contract or a transfer by a Vendor to a Financing Originator of an interest in
the right to payments only under any such End-User Contract), will be subject
to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor in possession, or by such Vendor's
bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection Scheduled Payments under such
<PAGE>
rejected End-User Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to
losses if the Credit Enhancement, if any, and security interests in the related
Equipment are insufficient to cover the losses.
There can be no assurance as to the exact amount of the Discounted Contract
Balance of End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool at any date that are or
might be "true leases".  The Seller will, however, represent as of each Cut-Off
Date that, in the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract Balance
of End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool that are "true leases" does not
exceed 10% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool as of such date.

         Insolvency of the Seller or the Trust.  Certain restrictions have been 
imposed on the Seller and the Trust and certain other parties to the
transactions described herein which are intended to reduce the risk of an
insolvency proceeding involving the Seller or the Trust.  These restrictions
include incorporating the Seller as a separate, special purpose company
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation containing certain restrictions on
the nature of its business.  Additionally, the Seller may commence a voluntary
case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or cause the Trust
to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency
law, only upon the affirmative vote of all its directors, including its
independent directors, as long as the Seller is solvent and does not reasonably
foresee becoming insolvent.  The Seller's certificate of incorporation requires
that the Seller have at all times at least one independent director.  In
addition, the Seller has no intent to file, and Newcourt and Newcourt USA have
represented that they have no intent to cause the filing of, a voluntary
application under the insolvency laws with respect to the Seller, as long as
the Seller is solvent and does not reasonably foresee becoming insolvent. 
However, no assurance can be given that insolvency proceedings involving either
the Seller or the Trust will not occur.  In the event the Seller becomes
subject to insolvency proceedings, the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Trust
Assets and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes might also
become subject to such insolvency proceedings.  In the event of insolvency
proceedings involving the Trust, the Trust's interest in the Trust Assets and
the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes would become subject to
such insolvency proceedings.  No assurance can be given that insolvency
proceedings involving Newcourt USA or either Financing Originator would not
lead to insolvency proceedings of either, or both, of the Seller or the Trust.
In either such event, or if an attempt were made to litigate any of the
foregoing issues, delays of distributions on the Notes, possible reductions in
the amount of payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and limitations
(including a stay) on the exercise of remedies under the Indentures and the
Pooling Agreement could occur, although the Noteholders would continue to have
the benefit of the Collateral Agent's security interest in the Trust Assets
under the Pooling Agreement.  

         The right of the Collateral Agent, as a secured party under the Pooling
Agreement for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and sell the
Trust Assets is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy
laws, including the automatic stay pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy
Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Trust,
and possibly the Seller, before or possibly even after the Collateral Agent has
foreclosed upon and sold the Trust Assets.  Under the bankruptcy laws, payments
on debts are not made and secured creditors are prohibited from repossessing
their security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of security
repossessed from such a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval.  Moreover,
the bankruptcy laws generally permit the debtor to continue to retain and to
use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt
<PAGE>
instruments, provided generally that the secured creditor has the right to seek
"adequate protection".  The meaning of the term "adequate protection" may vary
according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value
of the security from any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result
of the use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the
bankruptcy case.  In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
"adequate protection" and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court,
it is impossible to predict whether or to what extent the holders of the Notes
would be compensated for any diminution in value of the Trust Assets. 
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines that the value of the
Trust Assets is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the
Noteholders would hold secured claims only to the extent of the value of the
Trust Assets to which the holders are entitled, and unsecured claims with
respect to such shortfall.  The bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or
accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys' fees during a debtor's
bankruptcy case unless, and then only to the extent, the claims are
oversecured. 

         Insolvency of the Vendors.  In the event a Vendor under a Vendor Note
becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, the Secondary Contracts and other
Applicable Security for such Vendor Note as well as such Vendor's obligation to
make payments on such Vendor Note would also become subject to such insolvency
proceedings.   In such event, delays of distributions on the Notes, possible
reductions in the amount of payment of principal of and interest on the Notes
and limitations (including a stay) on the exercise of remedies under the
Indentures, the Pooling Agreement and the Note Documents could occur, although
the Noteholders would continue to have the benefit of the Collateral Agent's
security interest in the Vendor Notes and Applicable Security therefor under
the Pooling Agreement.  

         The right of the Collateral Agent, as secured party under the Pooling 
Agreement for the benefit of the Noteholders, to foreclose upon and sell any
Secondary Contracts or Applicable Security is likely to be significantly
impaired by applicable bankruptcy laws, including the automatic stay pursuant
to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be
commenced by or against a Vendor under a Vendor Note, before or possibly even
after the Collateral Agent has foreclosed upon and sold such Secondary
Contracts or Applicable Security.  Under the bankruptcy laws, payments on debts
are not made and secured creditors are prohibited from repossessing their
security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of security
repossessed from such a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval.  Moreover,
the bankruptcy laws generally permit the debtor to continue to retain and to
use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt
instruments, provided generally that the secured creditor has the right to seek
"adequate protection".  The meaning of the term "adequate protection" may vary
according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value
of the security from any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result
of the use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the
bankruptcy case.  In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
"adequate protection" and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court,
it is impossible to predict whether or to what extent the holders of the Notes
would be compensated for any diminution in value of the Secondary Contracts. 
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines that the value of the
Secondary Contracts is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related
Vendor Notes, the Noteholders would hold secured claims in a Vendor bankruptcy
only to the extent of the value of the Secondary Contracts to which the holders
are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such shortfall.  The
<PAGE>
bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of post-petition interest,
costs and attorneys' fees during a debtor's bankruptcy case unless, and then
only to the extent, the claims are oversecured. 

         Loss in Event of Sale of Contracts Upon Seller Bankruptcy.  If a
conservator, receiver or liquidator of the Seller was appointed or if certain
other events relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership of the
Seller were to occur (an "Insolvency Event"), then an Event of Default would
occur with respect to each Series and, pursuant to the terms of the Pooling
Agreement, new Additional Contracts would not thereafter be transferred to the
Trust and, assuming the Trust was not then a debtor in a bankruptcy case, the
Collateral Agent would sell the Contracts, thereby causing early termination of
the Trust and a loss to the Class A Noteholders if the sum of (i) the proceeds
of the sale allocable to the Class A Noteholders and (ii) the proceeds of any
collections on the Contracts in the Collection Account allocable to the Class A
Noteholders is insufficient to pay the Class A Noteholders in full.  In
addition, certain events relating to the bankruptcy of the Servicer will be
Restricting Events and Additional Contracts would not thereafter be transferred
to the Trust.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts--Transfer of
Contracts" and "--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy".

         Risk of Realization of Contract Amount Upon Bankruptcy or Sale. 
Application of Federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws in the event of
bankruptcy of End-Users could affect the interests of the Noteholders in the
Contracts and Secondary Contracts if such laws result in any such contracts
being written off as uncollectible or result in delay in payments due on any
Contracts.  See "Description of the Notes--Defaulted Contracts" and "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy".  In
addition, application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws in
the event of bankruptcy of Vendors could affect the interests of the
Noteholders in the Vendor Notes and Secondary Contracts if such laws result in
any such Vendor Notes or Secondary Contracts being written off as uncollectible
or result in delay in payments due on any such Vendor Notes or Secondary
Contracts.  See "--Insolvency of the Vendors".  State laws impose requirements
and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales and obtaining deficiency
judgments following such sales.  In the event that the Noteholders must rely on
repossession and disposition of Equipment to recover amounts due on Defaulted
Contracts, such amounts may not be realized because of the application of these
requirements and restrictions.  Other factors that may affect the ability of
the Noteholders to realize the full amount due on a Contract or a Secondary
Contract include the failure to file financing statements to perfect the
Financing Originator's, Seller's, Issuer Trustee's or the Collateral Agent's
security interest, as applicable, in the Equipment or other Applicable Security
and the depreciation, obsolescence, damage or loss of any item of Equipment. 
As a result, the Noteholders may be subject to delays in receiving payments and
losses if the Credit Enhancement, if any, is insufficient to cover the delayed
payments and losses.

         Certain UCC Considerations.  Certain states have adopted a version of
Article 2A of the UCC ("Article 2A"), which purports to codify many provisions
of existing common law.  Although there is little precedent regarding how
Article 2A will be interpreted, it may, among other things, limit
enforceability of any "unconscionable" lease or "unconscionable" provision in a
lease, provide a lessee with remedies, including the right to cancel the lease
contract, for certain lessor breaches or defaults, and may add to or modify the
terms of "consumer leases" and leases in which the lessee is a "merchant
lessee".  However, in each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each Financing
<PAGE>
Originator party thereto has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will
represent that (i) no End-User Contract is a "consumer lease" as defined in
Section 2A-103(1)(e) of the UCC; and (ii) to the best of its knowledge, each
End-User has accepted the Equipment leased to it and, after reasonable
opportunity to inspect and test, has not notified such Financing Originator of
any defects therein.  Article 2A, moreover, recognizes typical commercial lease
"hell or high water" rental payment clauses and validates reasonable liquidated
damages provisions in the event of lessor or lessee defaults.  Article 2A also
recognizes the concept of freedom of contract and permits the parties in a
commercial context a wide degree of latitude to vary from the provisions of the
law.

         Recharacterization of Certain Assignments. Certain Vendor Assignments
and certain assignments executed under various Program Agreements (each, a
"Program Assignment") provide that the Financing Originator has recourse to the
related Vendor for all or a portion of the losses the Financing Originator may
incur as a result of a default under the End-User Contracts sold under such
Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment.  In the event of a Vendor's
bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee, a creditor or the Vendor as debtor in
possession might attempt to characterize sales to the Financing Originators
pursuant to such Vendor Assignments or Program Assignments as loans to the
Vendor from the Financing Originator secured by the Contracts sold thereunder. 
If such an attempt is successful, such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment
would be subject to the risks described herein for Vendor Notes.  In such case
the Contracts sold under such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment would
constitute Secondary Contracts under the recharacterized Vendor Assignment or
Program Assignment.

Limited Nature of Rating

         Any rating assigned to the Notes of a Series or a Class by a Rating 
Agency will not, unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement with
respect to such Series or Class, address the likelihood that the principal of
any Notes of such Series or Class will be paid on a scheduled date or will be
prepaid.  In addition, any such rating will not address the possibility of the
occurrence of an Event of Default or Restricting Event with respect to any such
Series or Class or the possibility of the imposition of U.S. withholding tax
with respect to non-U.S. Noteholders.  Further, the available amount of any
Credit Enhancement with respect to any such Series or Class may be limited, may
not provide protection against all risks of loss and will be subject to
reduction from time to time as described herein and, if any Additional Series
Enhancement is provided for such Series, in the Prospectus Supplement.  The
rating of the Notes of a Series or Class will not be a recommendation to
purchase, hold or sell the Notes, and such rating will not comment as to the
marketability of the Notes, any market price or suitability for a particular
investor.  There is no assurance that any rating will remain for any given
period of time or that any rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by
a Rating Agency if in such Rating Agency's judgment circumstances so warrant. 
In the event that the rating initially assigned to any Note is subsequently
lowered for any reason, no person or entity is obligated to provide any
additional Credit Enhancement.  The reduction, suspension or withdrawal of the
ratings of the Notes will not, in and of itself, constitute an Event of Default
or a Restricting Event.


<PAGE>
Control Over Trust Assets by Holders of All Series

         The Trust Assets and the exercise of rights and remedies under the
Pooling Agreement with respect thereto will be subject, in most circumstances
as long as any Class A Notes remain outstanding, to the control of Class A
Noteholders of all Series holding not less than 66-2/3% of the Aggregate
Principal Amount of all Class A Notes (the "Required Percentage").  Such
control will include the ability, subject to certain limitations, following an
Event of Default under any Indenture to direct the Collateral Agent in the
exercise of all rights and remedies under the Pooling Agreement, including the
foreclosure of the lien of the Pooling Agreement.  The Class A Noteholders of
any Series may not hold sufficient Class A Notes to constitute the Required
Percentage.

Equipment Obsolescence

         Technological change could affect the Noteholders.  For example, to the
extent that technological change results in increased prepayment activity, it
may increase Prepayments of the Contracts.  See "--Maturity and Prepayment
Considerations" and "The Contracts--Equipment", "--Leases" and "--Installment
Payment Agreements and Financing Agreements".

         In the event a Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract at any time when
no funds are available from a Credit Enhancement, if any, the only source of
payment for such amounts will be the income and proceeds from the disposition
of any related Equipment and a deficiency judgement, if any, against the
Obligor under the Defaulted Contract.  Since the market value of the Equipment
may decline faster than the Discounted Contract Balance, the Servicer may not
recover the entire amount due on the Contract and might not receive any
Recoveries on the Equipment.  Certain types of Equipment also may be subject to
sudden, significant declines in value because of technological advances.  See
"The Contracts--Equipment" herein. 

No Interest in Software or Services 

         Certain Contracts will relate not to Equipment but rather to Software
or Services that are not owned by the Financing Originators and in which no
related interest will be transferred to the Trust.  See "The Contracts". 
Accordingly, if any such Contract becomes a Defaulted Contract, the Trust will
not realize any proceeds from the related Software or Services from which to
satisfy any related outstanding Scheduled Payments.

Nonrecourse Obligations

         The Notes.  The Notes represent obligations of the Trust only and do
not represent interests in or recourse obligations of the Seller, the Servicer,
any Financing Originator or any affiliate thereof.  Consequently, Noteholders
must rely solely upon the Contracts, any related Equipment and other Applicable
Security, and the Credit Enhancement, if any, for the payment of principal of,
and interest on, the Notes.  If the Credit Enhancement has been reduced to zero
value and the amounts due on the Contracts in the Contract Pool and the
Recoveries in respect of any Defaulted Contracts are insufficient to make
payments on the Notes, no other assets will be available for the payment of the
deficiency.  See "The Seller" and "Description of the Notes--Credit
Enhancement".

         The Vendor Notes. The Vendor Notes are, by their terms, payable solely
from the proceeds of the Secondary Contracts securing such Vendor Notes, and
generally do not represent recourse obligations of the Vendor (except that
<PAGE>
Secondary Contracts may be covered by such Vendor's UNL Pool or other forms of
Vendor recourse).  Consequently, Noteholders must rely solely upon the
Secondary Contracts and any other Applicable Security, if any, for the payment
of principal of, and interest on, the related Vendor Notes.  As noted above
(see "--Certain Legal Aspects; Risk of Rejection of 'True Leases'"), any
Secondary Contract which is a "true lease" originated by a Vendor will be
subject to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor in possession, or by such
Vendor's bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection Scheduled Payments under
such rejected Secondary Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be
subject to losses if the Credit Enhancement, if any, and security interests in
the related Equipment are insufficient to cover the losses.  Further, as noted
under "--Risk of Ineffective Sale" a tax or government lien on the property of
the pledging Vendor arising before a Secondary Contract came into existence may
have priority over the Financing Originator's interest in such Secondary
Contract.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts--Certain Matters
Relating to Bankruptcy".   If the Credit Enhancement has been reduced to zero
value and the amounts due on the Contracts in the Contract Pool and the
Recoveries in respect of any Defaulted Contracts are insufficient to make
payments on the Notes, no other assets will be available for the payment of the
deficiency.  See "The Seller" and "Description of the Notes--Credit
Enhancement." 
<PAGE>
                                  THE CONTRACTS

         Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement the Seller will sell the Original
Contracts to the Trust on the First Closing Date. Subsequent to the First
Closing Date, the Seller at its option may from time to time prior to the
Commitment Termination Date sell to the Trust Additional Contracts, subject to
certain conditions described herein.  See "Description of the Notes--New
Issuances; Addition of Trust Assets".  The Trust will be entitled to all
collections on account of the Contracts in the Contract Pool and related
Equipment and Applicable Security, except for (i) collections on deposit in the
Collection Account or otherwise received by the Servicer on or with respect to
the Contract Pool or related Equipment, which collections are attributable to
any taxes, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority, and
(ii) collections representing reimbursements of insurance premiums or payments
for certain services that were not financed by the Financing Originator, and
(iii) any proceeds from the sale or other disposition of Equipment in excess of
the difference between (x) the Discounted Contract Balance of the related
Contract as of the applicable Cutoff Date, over (y) the present value as of the
applicable Cutoff Date of all amounts actually received by the Trust in respect
of such Contract, discounted monthly at the applicable Series Discount Rate
(amounts described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), "Excluded Amounts") due on
or after the applicable Cutoff Date for such Contracts.  
The Financing Originators originate asset-based financings by providing their
services to specific segments of the vendor asset finance market through
Newcourt's offices in the United States.  Newcourt and its subsidiaries
specialize in providing asset-based financing programs for transportation and
construction equipment users, information technology and communication
equipment users, computer software users, resources equipment users, and
commercial and industrial equipment users.

End-User Contracts

         The following discussion describes the End-User Contracts (including
End-User Contracts which are Secondary Contracts). All of the End-User
Contracts to be included from time to time in the Trust are CSAs, Leases,
Secured or Unsecured Notes, IPAs and Financing Agreements in respect of
Equipment, Software and Services.  There is no limit on the number of Contracts
in the Contract Pool which may consist of any of the foregoing types.  Each
Contract is required, however, to be an Eligible Contract as of the related
Cutoff Date.  The Prospectus Supplement delivered in connection with each
Series of Notes will set forth, in tabular form, the percentage of the ADCB of
the Contract Pool which, as of the date set forth therein, consists of each of
the foregoing types of Contracts.

Conditional Sale Agreements

         The Financing Originators offer financing for Equipment under CSAs
assigned to them by Vendors.  It is expected that most of the CSAs in the
Contract Pool will consist of Newcourt's standard, pre-printed forms used in
financing transportation and construction Equipment.  The CSA sets forth the
description of each Financed Item and the schedule of installment payments. 
Generally, loans under CSAs are fixed rate and are for a one to five year term. 
Payments under CSAs generally are due monthly.  CSA terms (i) provide for a
grant by the End-User thereunder of a security interest in any related
Equipment (which security interest is assigned by the Vendor to a Financing
Originator), (ii) may allow prepayment of the obligation upon payment, where
allowed by applicable state law, of an additional prepayment fee, (iii) require
<PAGE>
the End-User to maintain the Equipment, keep it free and clear of liens and
encumbrances and pay all taxes related to the Equipment, (iv) restrict the
modification or disposal of the Equipment without the seller's, or its
assignee's, consent, (v) include a disclaimer of warranties, (vi) include the
End-User's indemnity against liabilities arising from the use, possession or
ownership of the Equipment, (vii) include the End-User's absolute (except as
provided in clause (ii)) and unconditional obligation to pay the installment
payments thereunder and (viii) include specifically identifiable events of
default and remedies therefor.  The CSA also requires each End-User to maintain
insurance, the terms of which may vary.  The terms of a CSA may be modified at
its inception at the End-User's request.  Such modifications must either be
approved by the Financing Originator's legal department and certain levels of
management before the Financing Originator will agree to accept an assignment
of the CSA from a Vendor or the Vendor must indemnify the Financing Originator
against any losses or damages it may suffer as a result of such modifications.

Leases

         The Financing Originators, either directly or by assignment from
Vendors, offer financing of Equipment, Software and Services under Leases. 
Each Lease is generally written under a master lease agreement (each an "MLA")
which contains the general terms and conditions of the transaction.  Specific
terms and conditions, such as descriptions of the specific Equipment, Software
and Services being leased or financed and the schedule of related rental
payments, are contained in a supplement or schedule to the MLA (each an "MLA
Supplement"), which is signed by the End-User as lessee, and either the Vendor
or a Financing Originator, as lessor.  The MLA Supplement incorporates the MLA
by reference, and is treated by the Financing Originator as a separate Lease. 
Each Lease is originated in the ordinary course of business by either a
Financing Originator or a Vendor (and assigned to a Financing Originator
pursuant to a Vendor Agreement).

         The initial terms of the Leases in a Contract Pool generally range from
one to five years.  Each Lease provides for the periodic payment by the End-
User of rent in advance or arrears, generally monthly or quarterly.  Such
periodic payments represent the amortization, generally on a level basis, of
the total amount that an End-User is required to pay throughout the term of a
Lease.

         The Leases to be included in the Contract Pool are "net leases" under
which the End-User assumes responsibility for the Financed Items, including
operation, maintenance, repair, insurance or self-insurance, return of any
Equipment at the expiration or termination of the Lease and the payment of all
sales and use and property taxes relating to the Financed Items during the
Lease term.  The End-User further agrees to indemnify the lessor for any
liabilities arising out of the use or operation of the Financed Items.  In most
cases, the lessor is also authorized to perform the End-User's obligations
under the Lease at the End-User's expense, if it so elects, in cases where the
End-User has failed to perform.  In addition, the Leases contain "hell or high
water" clauses unconditionally obligating the End-User to make periodic
payments, without setoff, at the times and in the amounts specified in the
Lease.  If a Financing Originator is the lessor, the Lease contains no express
or implied warranties with respect to the Financed Items other than a warranty
of quiet enjoyment.  If a Vendor is the lessor, the Lease or a related
agreement may contain certain representations and warranties with respect to
the Financed Items in addition to a warranty of quiet enjoyment; however, the
End-User agrees not to assert any warranty claims against any assignee of the
<PAGE>
Vendor (which would include a Financing Originator) by way of setoff,
counterclaim or otherwise, and further agrees that it may only bring such
claims against the Vendor.  All Leases of Equipment require the End-User to
maintain, at its expense, casualty insurance covering damage to or loss of the
Equipment during the Lease term or to self-insure against such risks, if
approved in advance by the Financing Originator.

         The Leases include both "true leases" and leases intended for security
as defined in Section 1-201(37) of the UCC.  Under a "true lease," the lessor
bears the risk of ownership (although the risk of loss of the Equipment is
passed to the End-User under the Leases), takes any tax benefits associated
with the ownership of depreciable property under applicable law and no title is
conferred upon the lessee.  The lessee under a "true lease" has the right to
the temporary use of property for a term shorter than the economic life of such
property in exchange for payments at scheduled intervals during the lease term
and the lessor retains a significant "residual" economic interest in the leased
property.  End of lease options for "true leases" include purchase or renewal
at fair market value.  Under leases intended for security, the lessor in effect
finances the "purchase" of the leased property by the lessee and retains a
security interest in the leased property.  The lessee retains the leased
property for substantially all its economic life and the lessor retains no
significant residual interest.  Such leases are considered conditional sales
type leases for federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, the lessor does
not take any federal tax benefits associated with the ownership of depreciable
property.  End of lease options for such Leases depend on the terms of the
related MLA Supplement, but generally such terms provide for the purchase of
the Equipment at a prestated price, which may be nominal.  The inclusion of
"true leases" in the Contract Pool will have no federal income tax impact on
Holders since the Notes are treated as debt for federal income tax purposes. 
See "Certain Federal Income Tax Matters."  However, "true leases" are treated
differently under the Bankruptcy Code from leases intended for security.  See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to
Bankruptcy." 

         End-Users under a Lease are either prohibited from altering or
modifying the Equipment or may alter or modify the Equipment only to the extent
the alterations or modifications are readily removable without damage to the
Equipment.  Under certain MLAs, the End-User may assign its rights and
obligations under the Lease, but only upon receiving the prior written consent
of the lessor, or may relocate the Equipment upon giving the lessor prompt
written notice of such relocation.  The right to grant or deny such consent or
to receive such written notice will be exercised by the Servicer pursuant to
the authority delegated to it in the Pooling Agreement.  Certain Leases permit
the End-User to substitute substantially identical leased Equipment for leased
Equipment scheduled to be returned to the lessor under the Lease.

         While the terms and conditions of the Leases do not generally permit
cancellation by the End-User, certain Leases may be modified or terminated
before the end of the Lease term.  Modifications to a Lease term or early Lease
terminations may be permitted by a Vendor, with the consent of a Financing
Originator, and are generally associated with additional financing
opportunities from the same End-User.  End-Users may also arrange to purchase
Equipment during the term of a Lease for an amount generally equal to or in
excess of the present value of the remaining rental payments under the Lease
plus the anticipated market value of the related Equipment as of the end of the
Lease term.  In some circumstances, early termination of a Lease may be
permitted in connection with the acquisition of new technology requiring the
<PAGE>
replacement of the Equipment.  In such cases, the related Equipment is returned
to the Vendor and an amount generally equal to the present value of the
remaining rental payments under the Lease plus an early termination fee is paid
by the End-User to the Financing Originator.  Modifications usually involve
repricing a Lease or modification of the Lease term.  Occasionally a Lease may
be modified in connection with an increase in the capacity or performance of
Equipment by adding additional Equipment that includes new technology. 
Coincident with the financing of an upgrade to such Equipment, a Financing
Originator may reprice and extend the related base Lease term to be coterminous
with the desired term of the Lease relating to the upgrade.  In certain cases,
subject to certain conditions described under "Description of the Notes--
Prepaid Contracts," such base lease extensions may remain in the Contract Pool. 
Newcourt expects, as Servicer, to continue to permit these modifications and
terminations with respect to Leases included in the Contract Pool pursuant to
the authority delegated to it in the Pooling Agreement, subject to certain
conditions and covenants of the Servicer described under "Description of the
Notes--Prepaid Contracts."

         In certain circumstances, the standard terms and conditions of the MLA
are modified at the inception of a Lease at the request of the End-User.  Such
modifications must either be approved by the Financing Originator's legal
department and certain levels of management before the Financing Originator
will agree to enter into the Lease or accept an assignment of the Lease from a
Vendor, or the Vendor must indemnify the Financing Originator against any
losses or damages it may suffer as a result of such modifications.  Common
permitted modifications include, but are not limited to, (i) a one dollar
purchase option at the end of the Lease term, (ii) prearranged mid-Lease
purchase options, early termination options and lease extension options as
described above, (iii) modifications to the lessor's equipment inspection
rights, (iv) modifications to the End-User's insurance requirements permitting
the End-User to self-insure against casualty to the Equipment, (v) the End-
User's right to assign the Lease or sub-lease the Financed Items to an
affiliated entity, so long as the End-User remains liable under the Lease and
promptly notifies the lessor or its assignee of such assignment or sublease and
(vi) extended grace periods for late payments of rent.

Secured Notes

         The Financing Originators provide direct initial financing or
refinancing of Equipment, especially transportation and construction Equipment,
under secured promissory notes (each a "Secured Note"), which consist of an
installment note and a separate security agreement.  In an initial financing
transaction, the Financing Originator pays to the Vendor the purchase price for
the Equipment and in a refinancing transaction, the Financing Originator pays
off an End-User's existing financing source, and the initial financing or
refinancing is documented as a direct loan by the Financing Originator to the
End-User of the Equipment using a Secured Note.  In the case of a refinancing
transaction, upon payment to the existing financing source, the Financing
Originator obtains a release of such party's lien on the financed Equipment. 
In either case, the Financing Originator records its own lien against the
financed Equipment and takes possession of the Secured Note, which constitutes
chattel paper under the UCC.  Except for the lack of references to "sale" or
"purchase" of Equipment, the terms and conditions contained in a Secured Note
are substantially similar to those contained in a CSA.


<PAGE>
Installment Payment Agreements and Unsecured Notes

         The Financing Originators provide financing for certain Software
license fees and related support and consulting services under installment
payment supplements to software license agreements, separate IPAs, Unsecured
Notes and other forms of Financing Agreements assigned to them by Vendors of
Software.  Each such Financing Agreement is an unsecured obligation of the End-
User, generally provides for a fixed schedule of payment with no End-User right
of prepayment, is noncancellable for its term and contains a "hell or high
water" clause unconditionally obligating the End-User to make periodic
payments, without setoff, at the times and in the amounts specified therein,
permit the Vendor to assign the payment agreement to a third party (including a
Financing Originator) and include the End-User's agreement, upon such
assignment, not to assert against such assignee any claims or defenses the End-
User may have against the Vendor, and contain default and remedy provisions
that include acceleration of amounts due and to become due and, in certain
cases, the right of the Vendor, or the Financing Originator by assignment, to
terminate the underlying Software license and all related support and
consulting activities.

Equipment

         The End-User Contracts cover a wide variety of new and used information
technology equipment (such as mainframe and mini-computers, computer work
stations, personal computers, data storage devices and other computer-related
peripheral equipment), communications equipment (such as telephone switching
and networking systems), commercial and industrial equipment (such as printing
presses, machine tools and other manufacturing equipment, energy control
equipment and automated testing equipment), resources equipment (such as
feller-bunchers and grapplers) and transportation and construction equipment
(such as school buses, golf carts, heavy and medium duty trucks and highway
trailers, bulldozers, loaders, graders, excavators, forklifts and other
materials handling equipment, and other road and off-road machinery)
(collectively, "Equipment").  All of the interests of the applicable Financing
Originator in the Equipment subject to each related End-User Contract (which
consists or will consist of either title to the Equipment or a security
interest in the Equipment) will be transferred to the Trust.

Software and Services

         Certain of the End-User Contracts cover license fees and other fees
owed by the End-Users under either perpetual or term software license
agreements and other related agreements in connection with the use by such End-
Users of computer software programs ("Software"), and such End-User Contracts
may also cover related support and consulting services ("Services").  No
interest in the Software, the Software license agreement (other than the right
to collect the payment of Software license fees and, in certain cases, to
exercise certain rights and remedies under the Software license agreement or
other agreements related thereto) or the related Services has been or will be
conveyed to the Financing Originators by either the Vendors or licensors of the
Software or by the End-Users under the related End-User Contracts. 
Consequently, the Trust will not have title to or a security interest in such
Software, nor will it own such Services, and would not be able to realize any
value therefrom under a related End-User Contract upon a default by the End-
User.  Equipment, Software and Services are collectively referred to as
"Financed Items".  It is a condition to the issuance of any Series of Notes
that as of the related Closing Date, after giving effect to any Addition on
such date, no more than  20% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool will consist of
Software transactions.
<PAGE>
Vendor Notes

         The Contracts may include limited recourse promissory notes ("Vendor
Notes") each of which is payable by a Vendor and secured by all of the Vendor's
interest in an individual End-User Contract (especially Leases which constitute
"true leases") originated by such Vendor and by the Equipment related to such
End-User Contract.

         Vendor Notes may serve as a form of assignment document pursuant to a
Program Agreement with respect to "true lease" Contracts and may provide for
further recourse against the Vendor subject to a UNL Pool or other recourse
arrangement included in the Program Agreement.  The repayment terms under a
Vendor Note, including periodic amounts payable and schedule of payments,
correspond to the payment terms of the End-User under the End-User Contract
collaterally assigned under such Vendor Note.  Each Vendor Note either includes
most, if not all, of the representations and warranties regarding the End-User
Contract and related Equipment typically included in a Vendor Agreement, or
incorporates such representations and warranties included in any related
Program Agreement by reference.

Vendor Agreements

         It is expected that a substantial portion of the End-User Contracts to
be included from time to time in the Trust will consist of End-User Contracts
originated by Vendors and assigned or pledged to the Financing Originators
pursuant to Program Agreements.  Each Financing Originator's Program Agreements
are agreements with Equipment manufacturers, dealers and distributors or
Software licensors or distributors located in either the United States or
Canada ("Vendors") which provide the Financing Originator with the opportunity
to finance transactions relating to the acquisition or use by an End-User of a
Vendor's Equipment, Software, Services or other products.  Vendor finance
arrangements provide a financing company with a steady, sustainable flow of new
business with lower costs of origination than asset-based financings marketed
directly to end-users.  Many of the Program Agreements provide various forms of
support to the Financing Originator, including representations and warranties
by the Vendor in respect of the End-User Contracts assigned by the Vendor to
the Financing Originator and related Equipment, Software or Services, credit
support with respect to defaults by End-Users and equipment repurchase and
remarketing arrangements upon early termination of End-User Contracts upon a
default by the End-User.  Some of these Program Agreements also take the form
of a referral relationship which is less formal and typically does not include
credit support to the Financing Originator from the Vendor.

         Each Program Agreement (other than Program Agreements that only
establish a referral relationship) generally includes the following provisions,
among others:

1.       Vendor representations, warranties and covenants regarding each End-
         User Contract assigned to the Financing Originator, including among
         other things that: the obligations of the End-User under the assigned
         End-User Contract are absolute, unconditional, noncancellable,
         enforceable in accordance with its terms and free from any rights of
         offset, counterclaim or defense; the Financing Originator holds the
         sole original of the End-User Contract and has either title to or a
         first priority perfected security interest in the Equipment; the
         Equipment and the End-User Contract are free and clear of all liens,
         claims or encumbrances; the Equipment or the Software has been
         irrevocably accepted by the End-User and will perform as warranted to
<PAGE>
         the End-User; and the assigned End-User Contract was duly authorized
         and signed by the End-User.

2.       Remedies in the event of a misrepresentation or breach of a warranty or
         covenant by the Vendor regarding an assigned End-User Contract, which
         usually require the Vendor to repurchase the affected End-User Contract
         for the Financing Originator's investment balance in the End-User
         Contract plus costs incurred by the Financing Originator in breaking
         any underlying funding arrangement (which may or may not be calculated
         in accordance with a specified formula).

3.       In the case of End-User Contracts covering Equipment, remarketing
         support from the Vendor in the event of an End-User default and
         subsequent repossession or return of the Equipment under the End-User
         Contract (to assist the Financing Originator in realizing proceeds from
         the Equipment assigned as collateral security to support the
         obligations of the End-User under the End-User Contract).

4.       The right of the Financing Originator to further assign its interests
         in assigned End-User Contracts, all payments thereunder and any related
         interest in Equipment.

         In addition to the foregoing, a Program Agreement may include 
recourse against the Vendor with respect to End-User defaults under certain 
identified End-User Contracts, either by specifying that the assignment 
of the End-User Contract from the Vendor to the Financing Originator 
is with full recourse against the Vendor, or by inclusion of the End-User 
Contract in an "ultimate net loss pool" ("UNL Pool") created under the 
Program Agreement. In the event of an End-User default under an End-User 
Contract which was assigned by the Vendor to a Financing Originator 
subject to the UNL Pool, the Financing Originator may draw against the 
UNL Pool up to the amount of the Financing Originator's remaining 
unpaid investment balance in the defaulted End-User Contract, but not in 
excess of the UNL Pool balance then available.  Drawings
may also be made against the UNL Pool with respect to End-User Contracts that
are not included in the Contract Pool and, accordingly, there can be no
assurance that any amounts contributed by a Vendor to the UNL Pool will be
available in the event of an End-User default under a End-User Contract
included in the Contract Pool.

         The manner in which End-User Contracts are assigned to the Financing
Originators by the Vendors differs under each Program Agreement, depending upon
the nature of the Financed Items, the form of the End-User Contract, the
accounting treatment sought by the Vendor and the End-User, and certain tax
considerations.

         With respect to "true leases" (as described below) of Equipment, the
Financing Originator either accepts a Vendor Note and collateral assignment of
the "true lease" End-User Contract and related Equipment from the Vendor or
accepts a full assignment of such End-User Contract (usually with an agreement
to reassign the End-User Contract at the end of the lease term to the Vendor)
and either (i) a collateral assignment of the related Equipment from the
Vendor, which collateral assignment secures the End-User's obligations under
the End-User Contract or (ii) title to the Equipment. Recourse against the
Vendor under such Vendor Notes or form of assignment is limited to the Vendor's
residual interest in the related Equipment. "Non-true leases" or CSAs covering
Equipment are generally fully assigned by the Vendor to the Financing
Originators, along with all of the Vendor's right, title and interest in the
<PAGE>
Equipment (which only consists of the Vendor's security interest in the
Equipment and not title thereto, since title has already passed to the End-User
under these forms of End-User Contracts).  A Financing Originator also receives
a full assignment of leases, installment payment agreements, installment
payment supplements to license agreements, promissory notes and other types of
financing agreements used in financing Software license payments and related
support and consulting services.  Such assignments may include an assignment of
the Software Vendor's or licensor's right, or the agreement of the Vendor or
licensor (at the Financing Originator's instructions), to terminate the
software license covered by the End-User Contract and suspend related support
in the event of an End-User default under the End-User Contract.  In some
cases, the Software Vendor also agrees not to relicense the same or similar
software to a defaulted End-User for some period of time (e.g., one year)
unless the End-User cures its default.  

         It is also expected that a substantial portion of the End-User
Contracts to be included from time to time in the Contract Pool, especially in
the case of CSAs, will consist of End-User Contracts originated by Vendors and
assigned to a Financing Originator pursuant to Vendor Assignments, each of
which relates to an individual End-User Contract, rather than pursuant to a
Program Agreement.  Each Vendor Assignment will either be made with or without
recourse against the Vendor for End-User defaults and will generally contain
many, if not all, of the representations, warranties and covenants typically
contained in Program Agreements, as well as a Vendor repurchase requirement in
the event of a breach by the Vendor or such representations, warranties or
covenants.  Vendor Assignments typically do not provide for any Vendor
remarketing support in the event of an End-User default.

Residual Investments

         A Financing Originator may finance all or a portion of the residual
interest in the Equipment under certain Program Agreements and under direct
transactions between the Obligor and the Financing Originator.  (Any investment
by the Financing Originator in such residual interest shall be referred to as a
"Residual Investment".)  Certain Program Agreements provide that the Financing
Originator may, at its sole discretion and in connection with the funding of a
"true lease" of Equipment make a Residual Investment in the Equipment subject
to a Contract by advancing additional funds against a portion of the
anticipated residual value of the Equipment, and not just against the
discounted present value of the rental payments due under the End-User
Contract.  Such Residual Investments may take the form of an advance of the
present value of some specified percentage of the anticipated residual value of
the Equipment or a specified percentage (generally not greater than 10%) of the
amount to be paid by the Financing Originator in funding the present value of
the rental payments due under the End-User Contract.  Certain transactions
involving Vendor Assignments result in the Financing Originator advancing the
entire purchase price of the Equipment subject to a "true lease", taking title
to the Equipment, and accepting an assignment of the "true lease" Contract from
a Vendor.  Certain direct transactions between the Obligor under a "true lease"
Contract and the Financing Originator also result in the Financing Originator
advancing the entire purchase price of the Equipment to the Vendor, taking
title to the Equipment from the Vendor, and entering into a "true lease"
Contract with the Obligor (with the Financing Originator named as "lessor"
under such Contract).  In either of the two foregoing types of transactions,
the Financing Originator will have advanced more than the discounted present
value of the rents payable under the "true lease" Contracts by paying the
<PAGE>
purchase price for the Equipment, and so will have made a Residual Investment
in the Equipment.

         In some Program Agreements, the Financing Originator may make the
Residual Investment in the form of a full recourse loan of additional funds to
the Vendor, repayable by the Vendor at the expiration or termination of the
End-User Contract with interest, secured by a security interest in the
Equipment covered by the End-User Contract.  In some transactions involving
Vendor Assignments or direct transactions with Obligors under "true lease"
Contracts, the Financing Originator may obtain the obligation of either the
Vendor or the Obligor to purchase the Equipment at the end of the Lease term
for the full amount of the Financing Originator's Residual Investment in such
Equipment with interest thereon.  (Any such transaction in which the Financing
Originator may look to either the Vendor or the Obligor, and not just the value
of Equipment itself, to recover its Residual Investment with interest shall be
referred to as a "Guaranteed Residual Investment").  It is a condition to the
issuance of any Series of Notes that as of the related Closing Date, after
giving effect to any Addition on such date, the aggregate amount of Guaranteed
Residual Investments included in the Contract Pool will not exceed 5% of the
ADCB of the Contract Pool.  Other than Guaranteed Residual Investments, a
Residual Investment is not included in the Discounted Contract Balance of any
End-User Contract and, therefore, is not financed with the proceeds of any
Series of Notes described herein.

         Other than a Guaranteed Residual Investment, the Residual Investment
associated with any End-User Contract included in the Contract Pool has not
been and will not be purchased by the Seller from the Financing Originators
under any Purchase Agreement, and, accordingly, will not be sold to the Trust
under the Pooling Agreement.  The Trust's interest in End-User Contracts with
associated Residual Investments (other than Guaranteed Residual Investments)
will be limited to the discounted present value of the rental payments due
under the End-User Contract and a security interest in the related Equipment. 
A Financing Originator may assign its Residual Investment (other than a
Guaranteed Residual Investment) to a third party (a "Residual Assignee"),
including the security interest in the Equipment in respect of such Residual
Investment (the "Subordinated Residual Interest"), either prior to the
inclusion of the related End-User Contract in the Contract Pool or thereafter. 
Under each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each Financing Originator party
thereto has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will warrant to the
Seller, and under the Pooling Agreement the Seller will warrant and covenant to
the Trust, that any Subordinated Residual Interest will be subordinated to the
interests of the Seller and the Trust, respectively, and that any Residual
Assignee will bear the full risk of any deficiency in respect of the Residual
Investment as a result of prior satisfaction of the Trust's interest in the
End-User Contract and the related Equipment.

Contract Pool

         The Seller will indicate in its books and records, including the
appropriate computer files relating to the Contracts that such Contracts have
been transferred to the Trust for the benefit of the Noteholders and stamp the
related Contract Files or otherwise mark such Contracts with a legend to the
effect that such Contracts have been transferred to the Trust for the benefit
of the Noteholders and deliver to the Collateral Agent a computer file or
microfiche or written list containing a true and complete list of all Contracts
then being transferred to the Trust, identified by account number and by the
<PAGE>
Discounted Lease Balance as of the related Cutoff Date.  Such file or list
shall be marked as Schedule 1 to the related Supplement. 

         All collections received with respect to the Contracts will be 
allocated as described herein.  See "Description of the Notes--Allocations".
         Prepayments will be given effect as of the last day of the Collection
Period in which they are received and Scheduled Principal Payments made in
advance of their due date will be given effect on their due date.  

         For each issuance of Notes hereunder, the composition and distribution
of the Contracts to be included in the Contract Pool, such as type of End-User
Contract, Discounted Contract Balance, type of Equipment, Software or Services,
and End-User industry and geographic location will be set forth in the
Prospectus Supplement.
<PAGE>
                                    THE TRUST

         The Trust will not engage in any business activity other than acquiring
and holding Trust Assets and proceeds therefrom, issuing Series of Notes and
making payments thereon and incidental activities.  As a consequence, the Trust
is not expected to have any source of capital resources other than the Trust
Assets.  The Trust will be created by the Pooling Agreement, which is governed
by the laws of the State of New York. One hundred percent of the beneficial
interest in the Trust will be owned by the Seller.

         The Seller will sell to the Trust, without recourse, its interest in
the Contracts included in the Contract Pool.  The Trust Assets will consist of
such Contracts, security interests in Secondary Contracts any related Equipment
or security interests in related Equipment, all monies due or to become due
under the Contracts and Secondary Contracts (except for Excluded Amounts), the
proceeds of the Contracts, all monies on deposit in the Collection Accounts and
in certain other accounts maintained for the benefit of the Noteholders and any
Credit Enhancements.  The Trust Assets are expected to change over the life of
the Trust as Additional Contracts and related Equipment become subject to the
Trust and as Contracts are prepaid, terminate or are charged off or removed and
are no longer subject to the Trust.  Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, the
Seller will have the right (subject to certain limitations and conditions) to
designate Additional Contracts as Trust Assets.  See "Description of the Notes
- --New Issuances; Addition of Trust Assets".  The Trust is expected to issue
additional Series from time to time.

                                   THE SELLER

         The Seller is a special purpose company incorporated on August 29, 1995
under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Seller's sole shareholder is
Newcourt USA.  The Seller's principal executive offices are located at Ten
Almaden Boulevard, Suite 500, San Jose, California 95113.  Its telephone number
is (408) 271-0500.  The Seller was organized for the limited purpose of
purchasing, holding, owning, and selling Contracts and Equipment and related
rights therein, and any activities incidental to and necessary or convenient
for the accomplishment of such purposes.  The Seller has no assets other than
its beneficial interest in the Trust.  Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement the
Seller has covenanted that it will not sell, pledge assign or transfer its
beneficial interest in the Trust.  The Seller's certificate of incorporation
provides that the Seller may not change its business purpose without the
consent of all of its directors, including its independent directors, and the
Issuer Trustee has been informed that neither the Seller nor Newcourt intends
to change the business purpose of the Seller.  Further, pursuant to the Pooling
Agreement the activities of the Seller will be limited to its participation in
the transactions described herein.

         As of each Cutoff Date, the Seller will sell to the Trust, pursuant to
the Pooling Agreement, Contracts which were sold to the Seller pursuant to the
Applicable Purchase Agreement.

         The Seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions contemplated
hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or involuntary
application for relief by Newcourt USA under the United States Bankruptcy Code
or similar applicable state laws or applicable laws of other countries
("Insolvency Laws") will not result in the consolidation of the assets and
liabilities of the Seller with those of Newcourt USA and its affiliates.  These
steps include incorporating the Seller as a separate, special purpose company
<PAGE>
pursuant to a certificate of incorporation containing certain restrictions on
the nature of its business and on its ability to commence a voluntary case or
proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or to cause the Trust to
commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law,
without the affirmative vote of all its directors, including its independent
directors, and the requirement, set forth in the Seller's certificate of
incorporation, that at all times no less than one member of the Board of
Directors of the Seller will be an individual who has not been, within the
previous five years, affiliated with Newcourt or any of its affiliates other
than the Seller and the Trust (Newcourt and each of its affiliates other than
the Seller and the Trust, a "Newcourt Entity").  However, there can be no
assurance that the activities of the Seller would not result in a court
concluding that the assets and liabilities of the Seller should be consolidated
with those of Newcourt USA or either Financing Originator in a proceeding under
any Insolvency Law.  See "Risk Factors--Certain Legal Aspects" and "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy".  In
such event there is no assurance that the Trust would not become a debtor in
such a bankruptcy case as well. 

         The Seller will receive, on the First Closing Date, a reasoned opinion
from its counsel concluding (although there is no case litigated on the merits
directly in point) that, subject to certain assumptions and qualifications
specified therein, in the event a Newcourt Entity were to become a debtor in a
case under the Bankruptcy Code, a bankruptcy court would not, on motion of such
Newcourt Entity, as debtor-in-possession, or any other party in interest in
such case, (a) substantively consolidate the Seller and Newcourt USA or (b)
substantively consolidate the Trust and Newcourt USA.  The opinion assumes,
among other things, that (a) the Seller and the Trust will adhere to specified
operating procedures including, without limitation, (i) that at all times no
less than one member of the Board of Directors of the Seller will be an
individual who has not been, within the previous five years, affiliated with
any Newcourt Entity, (ii) the Seller shall have at least one senior officer who
is similarly unaffiliated and the Trust's business will be run by officers and
employees of the Issuer Trustee, (iii) the Seller will maintain its own payroll
and separate books of account and will maintain an office separate from any
Newcourt Entity, (iv) neither the Seller nor the Trust will, except as provided
in the Pooling Agreement, commingle any of its money or other assets with those
of any Newcourt Entity, (v) the Seller and the Trust will maintain separate
bank accounts in its own name or in the name of the Seller and (vi) except for
the obligations under the Purchase Agreements, neither the Seller nor the Trust
will acquire obligations or securities of, or make loans or advances to, any
Newcourt Entity, (b) the Seller and the Trust will maintain an arm's-length
relationship in all transactions with each Newcourt Entity, (c) the purchase
price for the Contracts set forth in each Purchase Agreement represents fair
and reasonably equivalent value for the sale of the Contracts transferred
thereunder to the Seller, (d) the financing provided by the issuance of the
Notes constitutes a practical and reasonable course of action designed to
improve the financial position of Newcourt without impairing the rights of its
creditors and (e) the financing provided by the issuance of the Notes is being
effected in furtherance of Newcourt's ongoing business operations and not in
contemplation of bankruptcy.  The opinion is not binding on any court. 
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that a court will not reach a different
conclusion.  If a court concluded otherwise, or if an attempt were made to
litigate any of the foregoing issues, delays of distributions on the Notes and
possible reductions in the amount of payments of principal of and interest on
the Notes could occur.  
<PAGE>
         In addition, tax and certain other statutory liabilities of Newcourt or
its affiliates can be asserted against the Financing Originators or the Seller. 
To the extent that any such liabilities arise after the transfer of Contracts
to a Trust, the Trust's interest in the Contracts would be prior to the
interest of the claimant with respect to any such liabilities.  However, if a
claim could be asserted against a Financing Originator or the Seller, the
claimant might be able to subject the Financing Originator or the Seller to an
involuntary proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code or other
Insolvency Law.  See "Risk Factors--Certain Legal Aspects" and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy".

         The Seller will not acquire any assets other than Trust Assets and 
other assets transferred to the Seller pursuant to the Purchase Agreements or
other equipment and contracts transferred to the Seller pursuant to similar
agreements, including operating and finance leases, loans, installment payment
obligations, receivables and other obligations received from Newcourt or its
affiliates.  

                                  THE SERVICER

         Newcourt is an independent financial services company which originates
and manages asset-based financings.  Newcourt is the third largest independent
asset finance company in North America, with total owned and managed assets in
excess of Canadian $4.3 billion.

         Newcourt was formed in 1984 as an investment bank which originated and 
structured asset based financings for the corporate and institutional asset
finance market and syndicated such financings to Canadian financial
institutions.  In 1988 Newcourt broadened its activities to include vendor and
direct equipment financing.  Since 1993, Newcourt has issued in excess of
Canadian $2.5 billion of asset-backed debt supported by financing agreements.

         Newcourt and its subsidiaries originate their asset-based financings by
providing services to specific segments of the vendor asset finance market and
corporate and institutional asset finance market.  Newcourt's strategy has been
to sell and manage, rather than own, the majority of the finance assets it and
its subsidiaries originate, thereby reducing its capital requirements. 
Consequently, Newcourt's consolidated revenues are generated primarily by gains
and fees earned from the sale of financings it and its subsidiaries originate
and by management fees earned following such sales.

         Newcourt's principal executive offices are located at BCE Place, 181
Bay Street, Suite 3500, P.O. Box 827, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2T3 and its
telephone number is (416) 594-2400.  Newcourt has 24 North American offices and
one overseas office.

         Newcourt may not be licensed to do business in each State in which such
license is necessary is order to service the Contract Pool.  If Newcourt is not
licensed to do business in a State in which such license is necessary in order
to service the Contract Pool, Newcourt has warranted in the Pooling Agreement
that it will appoint Newcourt Financial USA Inc., or another entity which is so
licensed, as subservicer.


<PAGE>
                    CREDIT AND CONTRACT SERVICING PROCEDURES

Credit Underwriting Process

         As part of its credit underwriting procedures, Newcourt and its  
subsidiaries review the creditworthiness of the End-User, the value of the
Financed Items and the creditworthiness of the Vendor.  Newcourt has designed
specific credit philosophies, credit standards and processes for each of its
marketing units, which are enumerated in Newcourt's Credit Manual.  Newcourt's
philosophy is that credit adjudication policies and procedures require strict
adherence to the Credit Manual.  The underwriting policies detailed in
Newcourt's Credit Manual include, but are not limited to, (i) clearly defined
underwriting criteria for each of Newcourt's individual business segments, (ii)
within each individual business segment, strict guidelines for certain
equipment types and End-User types, (iii) the use of two forms of credit rating
(as described below) on every approved transaction that quantify the financial
strength of the End-User and the overall perceived risk rating of the
transaction being approved and (iv) a requirement that asset financings must
normally carry a credit rating of BBB or better on the covenant-based rating
system and a credit rating of 3 or better on the asset-based rating system.

         If a potential End-User is publicly rated by an independent ratings
agency for a similarly structured debt instrument, the public rating is used as
the covenant-based rating.  If a potential End-User is not publicly rated, it
will be scored on a covenant-based rating system with six categories ranging
from AAA to single B.  This system is based on the methods commonly used to
rate public and private debt issues which Newcourt has adapted to suit
equipment financing and leasing transactions.  The system is based on four key
financial ratios: return on assets, long-term debt to equity, cash flow to
long-term debt and interest coverage.  Qualitative considerations include the
reputation of the Vendor as well as existing vendor recourse agreements. 
Allowance is also made for being fully secured on the transaction.  Newcourt
and its subsidiaries will normally not enter into any new financing commitment
with a potential End-User that has been rated a single B.  With potential End-
Users rated BB, significant credit enhancements would be required, such as an
extremely strong security position or full corporate guarantees from
creditworthy companies, for any credit exposure to be considered.  Newcourt's
goal is to maintain a credit quality of its portfolio of End-Users of BBB or
better.

         In addition, an asset-based rating system has been developed by 
Newcourt to score every potential transaction in five categories ranging from 1
to 5.  This system takes into account a broader range of factors than the
covenant-based rating system, combining certain key financial ratios with
collateral and business considerations.  The evaluation of collateral examines
the remarketability of the assets as well as the length of the finance term
relative to the economic life of the assets.  Newcourt and its subsidiaries
will not, under normal circumstances, enter into any new transaction with a
potential End-User rating a 5 and will enter into a new transaction with a
potential End-User rating a 4 only in special circumstances.  Newcourt's goal
is to maintain an overall credit quality of 3 or better throughout its
portfolio.

         Credit review procedures require the preparation of a credit
application outlining the structure and purpose of the transaction, the
background and business of the proposed End-User and the reasons of the source
account executive for recommending approval.  Newcourt's credit guidelines
require financial statements covering three fiscal years and interim financial
information if the most recent year-end financial statement is more than six

<PAGE>
months out of date.  If the assigned credit officer makes an initial
determination that the request has sufficient merit to consider an approval and
sufficient information is provided, the credit officer will prepare a full
credit report and financial analysis which includes expanded basic information,
an analysis of the financial condition, performance and covenants of the
proposed End-User, a review of the proposed End-User's banking facilities and
contacts with credit agencies, and collateral and exposure analyses.  The
transaction will be assigned a grade based on the two credit rating systems
described above.  If a favorable credit report approved by the credit officer
is completed, approval of the new business is made at the appropriate level,
depending on the size of the transaction.  In cases in which credit approval is
permitted to be made by a senior credit manager, such approvals are reviewed on
a regular basis by a corporate vice president to ensure adherence to the
appropriate approval policies.  Credit authorization levels are reviewed at
least annually by a committee of Newcourt's Board of Directors and approved by
the Board of Directors.

         Newcourt's current policy is to perform a written annual review on
every account with an outstanding book value equal to or in excess of Canadian
$500,000.  In addition, standard documentation requires the End-User to provide
annual financial statements within 120 days of its fiscal year-end and certain
transactions may require quarterly or semi-annual financial statements as a
condition of approval.  If, based upon such financial statements, a credit
officer determines that there appears to be a financial impairment in the End-
User's repayment ability, a formal review will also be performed for accounts
with an outstanding book value less than Canadian $500,000.  

         In initially establishing a Program Agreement or other form of 
financing arrangement with a Vendor, Newcourt completes a formal underwriting
review of such Vendor to ensure that the Vendor can perform the financial and
other obligations contained in any Vendor Agreement or Vendor Note.  This
review encompasses a financial review, a product review (including an analysis
of market acceptance of the Vendor's products) and a general operational and
managerial review of the Vendor.

         Vendors must be established in their field and must market industry-
accepted Equipment or other products. The Vendor must have a history of
success, maintain a substantial market position and have sufficient financial
resources to support the financing relationship contemplated by Newcourt.

         Program Agreements are continually monitored by Newcourt.  Formal
annual reviews are undertaken on each Vendor which cover general financial,
operating and performance review as well as performance under the Program
Agreement. 

Contract Collections  

         Newcourt's portfolio management unit will be responsible for the
ongoing management of portfolios.  Limited servicing, namely invoicing, cash
application, and sales and use and property tax reporting for Newcourt's United
States portfolios is currently performed by Parrish Financial Servicing Company
L.P. ("Parrish").  All other tasks, such as collection, cash receipt and bank
reconciliation, customer services, UCC registration, insurance review and
portfolio reconciliation, are performed by Newcourt through on-line access to
Parrish's lease administration system.  In the event that Parrish is unable to
perform its limited duties, the processing currently performed by Parrish could
be assumed by Newcourt within a matter of a few days as both Parrish and
Newcourt use the same administration software and there currently exists a
procedure whereby financial information is transmitted regularly to Newcourt.
<PAGE>
         Parrish is part of an affiliated group of companies servicing the  
equipment leasing industry.  Parrish is owned by Parrish Equipment Partners,
L.P., an investment group consisting of the Travelers Companies, The Hillman
Company and Mr. Karl Parrish, and was formed in 1993 as a dedicated lease
servicing company.

         Newcourt, using Parrish as its service bureau, will generate and mail
to the End-Users monthly invoices and statements summarizing the account
activity and current invoicing details.  The invoiced amount will represent the
contracted repayment amount under the End-User Contract inclusive of applicable
taxes, if any.  Copies of the invoices and statements are also distributed to
the appropriate offices of Newcourt and its subsidiaries for review.

         Newcourt's portfolio management unit is also responsible for the
preparation of monthly reports on past due, delinquent and problem accounts,
the collection and administration of such accounts, the preparation and
recommendation of requests for account restructuring and/or payment
rescheduling, and asset remarketing in cases of repossession or end of lease
equipment returns.  The approval required in the case of End-User requests for
account restructuring and/or payment rescheduling is the same as that required
for a new transaction, as set forth in Newcourt's Credit Manual.  Such
restructuring and/or rescheduling generally will only be approved in cases
where it is believed that an End-User's financial difficulties are only
temporary and that the security value will not be seriously impaired by such
undertaking.  Newcourt has no set policy on the timing of repossession, but its
practice is to proceed to repossess as soon as required and usually no later
than when an account is 120 days past due.  In such situations, Vendors may
decide to make payments on behalf of an End-User or, under certain Vendor
Agreements, Vendors may be responsible for remarketing the repossessed
Equipment.

         In December 1995, Newcourt purchased the portfolio management
operations of Lessor Capital Services ("LCS") and certain of its other assets,
including LCS's office facilities.  Newcourt intends to use LCS to provide
services currently provided by Parrish.  Tasks such as credit, collections,
legal, cash receipts, bank reconciliation, customer services and UCC
registration will continue to be performed by Newcourt through on-line access
to LCS's lease administration system.

         Newcourt anticipates that LCS will fully assume the administrative
functions currently performed by Parrish by the end of the first quarter of
1996.

Cash Collections

         Payments by End-Users of amounts payable under their respective 
Contracts are made by check mailed to a Newcourt post office box or wire
transfer to a Newcourt lock-box account.  Invoices mailed to an End-User
instruct the End-User to forward payment to a post office box for processing by
a lock-box bank.  End-Users that wish to remit by wire transfer are provided
with wire transfer instructions to remit to a lock-box account.

         Invoices sent to End-Users contain a remittance advice.  The lock-box
bank processes the deposits and credits the appropriate Newcourt bank accounts
daily.  A daily summary of deposits received by the lock box bank is forwarded
to both Newcourt and Parrish, together with copies of the remittance advices
and any other information passed along with the payment. Parrish then matches
<PAGE>
the remittance advices to the cash deposits and applies the payments to the
End-Users' accounts.  Amounts received from an End-User with respect to a
Secondary Contract are applied to the related Vendor Note and reduce, on a
dollar-for-dollar basis, amounts due under such Secondary Contract.  Unmatched
deposits are recorded as unapplied cash for further review and processing after
investigation by both Newcourt and Parrish.  Each day Parrish provides Newcourt
with a system summary of the cash application from the previous day which is
then reconciled by Newcourt to the lock box bank summary, and any variances are
then investigated by Newcourt. 

Write-Off Policy  

         When the recoverability of an account is in question, or if the 
underlying collateral with respect to an account has been repossessed, Newcourt
generally will suspend the accrual of income on that account for Newcourt's own
accounting purposes.

         Upon the repossession of collateral, an evaluation of the collateral
involved is immediately undertaken in order to establish a liquidation value. 
After a liquidation value has been established, the difference between the net
book value of the account at the time of income suspension and the liquidation
value, if less than the net book value of the account, is stated as a "likely
loss."  The "likely loss" amount may change, upward or downward, over a period
of time as more current or detailed information on the collateral is obtained. 
When the collateral is sold, the difference between the net book value of the
account and the actual net sales proceeds, if less than the net book value of
the account, will be written off.  If, however, there is any potential for
future recovery, the account will continue to be followed for the recovery of
any deficiency balance.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         On December 28, 1995 (the "Bridge Closing Date"), the Seller incurred
approximately $138,000,000 of limited recourse indebtedness (the "Existing
Debt") under a Limited Recourse Term Loan and Security Agreement with First
Union National Bank of North Carolina (the "Lender"), an affiliate of First
Union.  The proceeds of the Existing Debt were utilized by the Seller to
purchase the certain Contracts from Newcourt Financial USA Inc., one of the
Financing Originators, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated as of December
28, 1995 between the Seller and such Financing Originator (as amended and
restated prior to the First Closing Date, the "Original Purchase Agreement")
and the Lender was granted a Lien on such Contracts by the Seller.  The
proceeds of such purchase were used by such Financing Originator for general
corporate purposes.  Subsequent to the Bridge Closing Date and prior to the
First Closing Date, certain of the Contracts purchased by the Seller under the
Original Purchase Agreement were repurchased by Newcourt Financial USA Inc. 
The Contracts purchased by the Seller under the Original Purchase Agreement and
owned by the Seller on the First Closing Date are referred to as the "Existing
Contracts". 

         The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes of the initial Series
offered hereby will be paid to the Seller in consideration of the transfer to
the Trust of (i) certain of the Existing Contracts and (ii) certain additional
Contracts to be transferred by Newcourt Financial USA Inc. to the Seller
pursuant to a Subsequent Purchase Agreement to be executed on or about the
First Closing Date.  Such proceeds will be used by the Seller (i) to repay the
Existing Debt and (ii) the remainder will be distributed to Newcourt Financial
<PAGE>
USA Inc. in payment of the purchase price for such additional Contracts.  Such
proceeds will be used by Newcourt Financial USA Inc. for general corporate
purposes, including loans to affiliates and dividends to Newcourt. 
Simultaneously with repayment of the Existing Debt, the Lender will release its
Lien on the Existing Contracts.  Thereafter, the net proceeds from the sale of
the Notes of any Series offered hereby will be paid to the Seller and then
distributed to the applicable Financing Originators in payment of the purchase
price for the Additional Contracts transferred to the Trust in connection with
such issuance.  Each Financing Originator will use such proceeds for general
corporate purposes, including loans to affiliates and dividends to Newcourt.

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

         The statements under this caption are summaries, do not purport to be 
complete and are subject to and qualified in their entirety by reference to the
Pooling Agreement, the applicable Supplement and the Applicable Indenture (for
any Series, the "Operative Documents").  Copies of the Pooling Agreement,
Supplement and Applicable Indenture with respect to any Series offered hereby
have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.

General

         The Notes of each Series will consist of three Classes, the Class A 
Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes and will be issued pursuant to
the Applicable Indenture among the Trust, the Collateral Agent and the
Applicable Indenture Trustee, or the applicable Note Documents, as the case may
be.  See "--New Issuances".  The following summary describes the material terms
generally applicable to the Notes of each Series and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Pooling Agreement, the applicable Supplement and
the Applicable Indenture.

         The Class A Notes of each Series will initially be represented by one
or more certificates registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together
with any successor depository selected by the Seller, the "Depository"), except
as set forth below.  The Class A Notes of each Series offered hereby will be
available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral
multiples thereof in book-entry form.  The Seller has been informed by DTC that
DTC's nominee will be Cede.  See "--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive
Notes".  Only the Class A Notes will be offered hereby and by the related
Prospectus Supplement.

         The date upon which a Series or Class will be issued will be referred
to as its "Series Issuance Date".  The initial principal amount of a Class of
Notes will be referred to as its "Initial Principal Amount".  

         All calculations with respect to the Contracts and the Notes are
computed based on activity occurring during a period beginning on the first day
of such month (or, in the case of Notes issued on the initial Series Issuance
Date, the initial Cutoff Date) and ending on, but not including, the first day
of the next month (each, a "Collection Period").

         The Collateral Agent will be granted a lien of the first priority on
the Trust Assets to secure the Notes of each Series; provided, that
distributions on the Notes of each Series (and each Class within each Series)
will be allocated as provided herein.  Each Series of Class A Notes may differ
as to timing of distributions, allocations of losses and amount of
<PAGE>
distributions in respect of principal and interest.  The Notes are nonrecourse
obligations of the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations
of either the Seller or the Servicer or any affiliate of either the Seller or
the Servicer.  

Interest

         Interest on each Series of Class A Notes will be payable on each of the
Distribution Dates occurring on or prior to the earlier of (i) the date of
payment in full of such Series of Class A Notes and (ii) the Maturity Date for
such Series of Class A Notes.  Interest will accrue at the applicable Interest
Rate, which may be fixed, floating based on an index or otherwise, stated or
determined in the manner described in the related Prospectus Supplement for the
period from and including the first day of each calendar month to and including
the last day of such calendar month, on the outstanding Principal Amount of
such Class A Notes as of the first day of such Accrual Period, except that
interest payable on the first Distribution Date following the Closing Date for
a Series of Class A Notes will accrue at the applicable Interest Rate for the
period from but excluding the applicable Cutoff Date for such Series of Class A
Notes to and including the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding
such Distribution Date, on the Principal Amount of such Class A Notes as of
such Closing Date (assuming such amount was outstanding as of the applicable
Cutoff Date for such Series) (each period for which interest accrues on the
Notes of a Series, an "Accrual Period").

Principal

         Each Class A Note will mature on the applicable Maturity Date specified

in the related Prospectus Supplement.  However, if all payments on the
Contracts are made as scheduled, final payment with respect to the Class A
Notes would occur prior to stated maturity.

         Principal of the Class A Notes of a Series will be payable on each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the lesser of the Class A Principal
Payment Amount (as defined herein) for such Distribution Date and the then
outstanding Principal Amount of such Class A Notes, to the extent of the Series
Available Amount (as so defined) remaining after payment of interest in respect
of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes to the extent described herein and to
the extent of amounts otherwise payable on account of the Subordinated Notes. 
See "Description of the Notes--Allocations".  Payment of interest on the Class
C Notes of all Series and payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes of all
Series will be subordinated to the payment of principal of the Class A Notes of
each Series as described under "Description of the Notes--Allocations".  The
Notes will mature and be due and payable on their respective Maturity Dates. 
Prior thereto, amounts to be applied in reduction of the outstanding Principal
Amount of any Note, including the payment of the Class A Principal Payment
Amount payable on any Distribution Date, will not be due and payable, although
the failure of the Seller to remit any Available Amounts (as so defined)
(including Available Amounts to be used to make a Class A Principal Payment
Amount) will, after the applicable grace period, constitute an Event of
Default.  See "Description of the Notes--Events of Default".  

         As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

                 "ADCB" means the sum of the Discounted Contract Balances of
         each Contract included in the group of Contracts for which an ADCB 
         determination is being made.
<PAGE>
                 "Adjusted Scheduled Payments" means, for all Contracts in the
         Contract Pool as of the date for which a Series ADCB determination is
         being made, all remaining Scheduled Payments under such Contracts due 
         and payable after such date of determination excluding (x) each 
         Scheduled Payment either becoming due after such date of determination 
         or due and payable after the applicable Cutoff Date that has not been
         received by the Servicer, under each of the Defaulted Contracts in the
         Contract Pool and (y) each Scheduled Payment, or part thereof, becoming
         due after such date of determination for any Contract in the Contract
         Pool for which a Prepayment has been received by the Servicer.  

                 "Aggregate Principal Amount" means, for any group of Notes at
         any date of determination, the sum of the Principal Amounts of such 
         Notes at such date.

                 "Allocated Series Discounted Contract Balance" means, with
         respect to any Series, at any time of determination, the present value
         (discounted monthly at the applicable Series Discount Rate) of the
         product of (1) the applicable Series Allocation Percentage and (2) the
         remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due under a Contract after such
         date of determination.

                 "Applicable Class Percentage" means, for any Contract and for
         any outstanding Class of Notes of any Series, the ratio that the
         Initial Principal Amount of such Class of Notes of such Series bears to
         the sum of the Initial Principal Amount of the outstanding Notes of all
         Classes of such Series.                                 

                 "Class A Principal Payment Amount" for a Series of Class A
         Notes means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the product of
         (A) the Applicable Class Percentage for such Notes and (B) the excess
         of (1) the Series ADCB as of the last day of the second Collection
         Period preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of Contracts
         that were first added to the Contract Pool during the Collection Period
         immediately preceding such Distribution Date, as of the Cutoff Date for
         such Contracts) over (2) the Series ADCB as of the last day of the
         Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (without
         giving effect, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), to Scheduled 
         Payments expected to have been received on or after the last day of the
         Applicable Collection Period referred to in such clause under each
         Contract in the Contract Pool which became a Defaulted Contract or a
         Prepaid Contract during such Collection Period) and (ii) the sum of the
         following amounts:  the present value (discounted monthly at the 
         applicable Series Discount Rate) of the product of (x) each Scheduled
         Payment expected to have been received on or after the last day of the
         Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date under
         each Contract in the Contract Pool which became a Defaulted Contract or
         a Prepaid Contract during such Collection Period and (y) the Series
         Allocation Percentage as of the last day of the Collection Period
         immediately preceding such Distribution Date (the sum of (i) and (ii),
         the "Expected Class A Payment") and (iii) the aggregate amount of
         Expected Class A Payments which were not paid on each preceding
         Distribution Date.

                 "Class B Principal Payment Amount" for a Series of Class B
         Notes means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the product of
         (A) the Applicable Class Percentage for such Notes and (B) the excess

<PAGE>
         of (1) the Series ADCB as of the last day of the second Collection
         Period preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of Contracts
         that were first added to the Contract Pool during the Collection Period
         immediately preceding such Distribution Date, as of the Cutoff Date for
         such Contracts) over (2) the Series ADCB as of the last day of the
         Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (without
         giving effect, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), to Scheduled
         Payments expected to have been received on or after the last day of the
         Applicable Collection Period referred to in such clause under each
         Contract in the Contract Pool which became a Defaulted Contract or a
         Prepaid Contract during such Collection Period) and (ii), from and
         after the date the Class A Notes of each Series have been paid in full,
         the sum of the following amounts:  the present value (discounted
         monthly at the applicable Series Discount Rate) of the product of (x)
         each Scheduled Payment expected to have been received on or after the
         last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such
         Distribution Date under each Contract in the Contract Pool which became
         a Defaulted Contract or a Prepaid Contract during such Collection
         Period and (y) the Series Allocation Percentage as of the last day of
         the Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (the
         sum of (i) and (ii), the "Expected Class B Payment") and (iii) the
         aggregate amount of Expected Class B Payments which were not paid on
         each preceding Distribution Date.

                 "Class C Principal Payment Amount" for a Series of Class C
         Notes means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the product of
         (A) the Applicable Class Percentage for such Notes and (B) the excess
         of (1) the Series ADCB as of the last day of the second Collection
         Period preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of Contracts
         that were first added to the Contract Pool during the Collection Period
         immediately preceding such Distribution Date, as of the Cutoff Date for
         such Contracts) over (2) the Series ADCB as of the last day of the
         Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (without
         giving effect, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), to Scheduled
         Payments expected to have been received on or after the last day of the
         Applicable Collection Period referred to in such clause under each
         Contract in the Contract Pool which became a Defaulted Contract or a
         Prepaid Contract during such Collection Period)and (ii), from and after
         the date the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of each Series have been  
         paid in full, the sum of the following amounts:  the present value
         (discounted monthly at the applicable Series Discount Rate) of the
         product of (x) each Scheduled Payment expected to have been received on
         or after the last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding
         such Distribution Date under each Contract in the Contract Pool which
         became a Defaulted Contract or a Prepaid Contract during such
         Collection Period and (y) the Series Allocation Percentage as of the
         last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such
         Distribution Date (the sum of (i) and (ii), the "Expected Class C
         Payment") and (iii) the aggregate amount of Expected Class C Payments
         which were not paid on each preceding Distribution Date.

                 "Discounted Contract Balance" means with respect to any
         Contract, (A) as of the related Cutoff Date, the present value of all
         of the remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due under such Contract
         after the applicable Cutoff Date discounted monthly at the applicable
         Series Discount Rate and (B) as of any other date of determination, the
         sum of (1) the present value for each Series of the product of (a) the
<PAGE>
         applicable Series Allocation Percentage of such Series and (b) all of
         the remaining Scheduled Payments becoming due under such Contract after
         such date of determination discounted monthly at the Series Discount
         Rate for such Series and (2) the aggregate amount of all Scheduled
         Payments due and payable under such Contract after the applicable
         Cutoff Date and prior to such date of determination (other than
         Scheduled Payments related to Defaulted Contracts and Prepaid
         Contracts) that have not then been received by the Servicer.

         The "Discounted Contract Balance" for each Contract shall be calculated

                 (a)      All payments due in any Collection Period are due on
                          the last day of the Collection Period;

                 (b)      Payments are discounted on a monthly basis using a 30
                          day month and a 360 day year; and 

                 (c)      all security deposits and drawings under letters of
                          credit, if any, issued in support of a Contract are
                          applied to reduce Scheduled Payments in inverse order
                          of the due date thereof.

                 "Excess Spread Amount" for the Class A Notes and Class B Notes
         of a Series means, such portion of the Series Available Amount
         available to pay the Class C Noteholders of such Series which is
         specified in the Supplement related to such Series of Notes.  The
         Excess Spread Amount for the Class C Notes of a Series shall be an
         amount equal to the portion of the Series Available Amount, if any,
         remaining after payment of the Excess Spread Amount for the Series
         1996-1 Class A Notes and the Series 1996-1 Class B Notes.  The Excess
         Spread Amount specified for any Series of Class A Notes, Class B Notes
         and Class C Notes may increase or decrease from time to time in
         connection with the issuance of Additional Series depending upon the
         amount, if any, of the "Excess Spread Amount" deductible from the 
         Series Available Amount available to pay the Class C Noteholders of
         such Additional Series.

                 "Principal Amount" of a Class of Notes means the aggregate
         initial principal amount thereof reduced by (i) the aggregate amount of
         any Distributions applied in reduction of such principal amount and
         (ii) the aggregate amount of any Distributions then on deposit in the
         note payment account, if any, for such Class of Notes established in
         accordance with the Applicable Indenture or the related Note Documents
         and to be applied in reduction of such principal amount in accordance
         with such Applicable Indenture or Note Documents.  

                 "Scheduled Payments" means, with respect to any Contract, the
         monthly or quarterly or semi-annual rent or financing (whether
         principal or principal and interest) payment scheduled to be made by
         the related Obligor under the terms of such Contract after the related
         Cutoff Date (it being understood that (i) Scheduled Payments do not
         include any Excluded Amounts and (ii) the interest component of rent or
         financing payments scheduled to be made under a Contract which has been
         hedged pursuant to an Interest Rate Hedge shall be the amount payable
         under the Interest Rate Hedge for such Contract for the term of such
         Interest Rate Hedge). 
<PAGE>
                 "Series ADCB" for a Series of Notes as of any date of
         determination means the sum of (1) the present value (discounted 
         monthly at the applicable Series Discount Rate) of the product of (x) 
         the applicable Series Allocation Percentage and (y) the Adjusted
         Scheduled Payments and (2) the product of (x) the applicable Series
         Allocation Percentage and (y) all Scheduled Payments due and payable
         after the applicable Cutoff Date and prior to such date of
         determination under such Contracts that have not been received by the
         Servicer.                 

                 "Series Discount Rate" applicable to a Series shall mean, at
         any date of determination, the sum of (1) the weighted average of the
         Class A Interest Rate and the Subordinated Note Rate applicable to the
         Notes issued in connection with such Series and (2) the Servicing Fee
         Percentage.

                 "Subordinated Note Rate" means, for a Series, the rate that is
         equivalent to the pre-tax yield of 800 basis points over the yield of
         the U.S. Treasury security having a maturity nearest to the weighted
         average life of the Class A Notes of such Series.  The Subordinated
         Note Rate for a Series shall be specified in the related Prospectus 
         Supplement.

Prepaid Contracts

         The Servicer may, subject to certain conditions and covenants, at the
request of an End-User and at the Servicer's option, waive, modify or otherwise
vary any other provision of a Contract in accordance with its customary and
usual practices, provided, that no such waiver, modification or variance shall,
without the consent of each Rating Agency, have the result of accelerating
(except as provided in the immediately following sentence), delaying, reducing
or extending the date for payment of Scheduled Payments with respect to such
Contract.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Servicer may, at its option and
in accordance with its customary and usual practices, agree to the early
termination or full prepayment of any Contract (any such terminated or prepaid
Contract, a "Prepaid Contract") provided, that the Servicer will agree in the
Pooling Agreement not to permit the early termination or full prepayment of a
Contract unless (i) such early termination or full prepayment would not result
in the Trust receiving an amount (the "Prepayment Amount") less than the
greater of (x) the sum of (A) the Discounted Contract Balance on the date of
such prepayment plus any accrued and unpaid interest payments thereon (at the
weighted average of the Series Discount Rates in effect on the date of such
prepayment) and (B) any outstanding Servicer Advances thereon and (y) the
present value of remaining Scheduled Payments under such Contract, discounted
at a rate equal to 150 basis points over the monthly-equivalent yield of the
U.S. treasury security with a maturity closest to the remaining life of the
Contract being prepaid or (ii) if such early termination or full prepayment
would result in the Trust receiving a Prepayment Amount from the End-User less
than the amount set forth in clause (i), either the Vendor or the Financing
Originator agrees to pay the Trust the difference between the Prepayment Amount
actually paid by the End-User and the amount set forth in clause (i) (such
payment by the Vendor or Financing Originator also to be considered a
"Prepayment Amount").  Prepayment Amounts will constitute Available Amounts and
will, as such, be allocated as described in "Description of the Notes--
Allocations".
<PAGE>
         Certain Contracts were originally executed which allow the End-User in
certain circumstances to cause the early termination or prepayment of the
Contract at the End-User's option.  The Seller will represent and warrant as to
each such Contract that such Contract has not been modified in a way that would
permit the Prepayment Amount to ever be less than the amounts described above
or, if any Contract has been so modified, the Vendor or Financing Originator of
such Contract will indemnify the Trust for any payments by which the Prepayment
Amount is less than the amount described above.

Removal of Contracts

         The Seller will not have the right to remove any Contract from the
Contract Pool or any related Equipment or Applicable Security from the Trust
Assets, except to the extent that a Vendor may have reserved the right to
repurchase a Contract under limited conditions.  

New Issuances; Addition of Trust Assets

         The Pooling Agreement provides that, pursuant to any one or more
Supplements, the Seller may direct the Issuer Trustee to issue from time to
time prior to the Commitment Termination Date new Series subject to the
conditions described below (each such issuance a "New Issuance").  Under the
Pooling Agreement, the Seller may designate the terms and conditions of any
newly issued Series.  In connection with a New Issuance, the Seller will
transfer Additional Contracts and the related Equipment or Applicable Security
to the Trust (each such transfer, an "Addition") as of the applicable Cutoff
Date (the date on which Additional Contracts are transferred to the Trust, an
"Addition Date"), subject to the conditions described below.  The Seller will
transfer Additional Contracts and the related Equipment or Applicable Security
to the Trust only in connection with a New Issuance.  None of the Seller, the
Servicer, the Issuer Trustee or the Trust is required or intends to obtain the
consent of any Noteholder of any outstanding Series to issue any additional
Series or add any Additional Contracts in connection therewith.  The Seller may
offer the Class A Notes of any Series to the public under a Prospectus
Supplement or other disclosure document in transactions either registered under
the Securities Act or exempt from registration thereunder directly, through
underwriters or placement agents, in fixed-price offerings or in negotiated
transactions or otherwise.  See "Plan of Distribution".  Any Series may be
issued in fully registered or book-entry form in minimum denominations
determined by the Seller.  The Seller intends to offer, from time to time,
additional Series.

         Each Series may have the benefits of Credit Enhancements different from
the Credit Enhancement, if any, provided with respect to any other Series. 
Under the Pooling Agreement, the Collateral Agent or the Applicable Indenture
Trustee shall hold any Credit Enhancement only on behalf of the Series to which
the Credit Enhancement relates.  The Seller also has the option under the
Pooling Agreement to vary among Series the terms upon which a Series may be
repurchased by the Seller or remarketed to other investors.  Unless otherwise
provided in a Prospectus Supplement, there is no limit to the number of New
Issuances that the Seller may cause under the Pooling Agreement.  The Trust
will terminate only as provided in the Pooling Agreement.  Because each Series
will be secured by all Contracts in the Contract Pool, including Additional
Contracts added in connection with a New Issuance, there can be no assurance
that the terms of any Series might not have an impact on the timing and amount
of payments received by a Class A Noteholder of another Series previously
issued by the Trust.  See "Risk Factors--Issuance of Additional Series".
<PAGE>
         Under the Pooling Agreement and pursuant to a Supplement, a New
Issuance may only occur upon the satisfaction of certain conditions provided in
the Pooling Agreement.  The obligation of the Applicable Indenture Trustee to
authenticate the Class A Notes of a new Series and the obligation of the Issuer
Trustee and the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the Supplement is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:  

         (a)     on or before the tenth business day immediately preceding the
         date upon which the New Issuance is to occur (unless the parties to be
         notified agree to a shorter notice period), the Seller shall have given
         the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Servicer, each Indenture
         Trustee, the Rating Agency and certain providers of Credit Enhancement,
         if any, written notice of the New Issuance and the related Addition,
         the date upon which the New Issuance is to occur and specifying certain
         information with respect to the related Additional Contracts; 

         (b)     the Seller shall have delivered to the Issuer Trustee and the
         Collateral Agent (i) the Supplement, in form satisfactory to the Issuer
         Trustee and the Collateral Agent, executed by each party to the Pooling
         Agreement other than the Issuer Trustee and the Collateral Agent, (ii)
         a Subsequent Purchase Agreement referencing the Additional Contracts
         and (iii) the Applicable Indenture and Note Documents for the
         Subordinated Notes of such Series; 

         (c)     the Seller shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent any
         applicable Credit Enhancement agreement executed by each of the parties
         to the agreement;

         (d)     the Issuer Trustee shall have received confirmation from the
         Rating Agency that neither the New Issuance nor the related Addition
         will result in a Ratings Effect with respect to any other Series or
         Class of the Trust;

         (e)     the Seller shall have delivered to the Issuer Trustee, each
         Indenture Trustee and certain providers of Credit Enhancement, if any,
         a certificate of an authorized officer, dated the date upon which the 
         New Issuance is to occur, to the effect that the Seller reasonably
         believes that the New Issuance and related Addition will not, based on
         the facts known to the officer at the time of the certification, cause
         an Event of Default or a Restricting Event to occur with respect to any
         Series; 

         (f)     the Seller shall have perfected the Trust's and the Collateral
         Agent's respective interests in such Additional Contracts and any
         related Equipment or Applicable Security to the extent specified in the
         Pooling Agreement and shall deliver to the Collateral Agent an opinion
         of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent (an "Opinion 
         of Counsel") in the form annexed to the Pooling Agreement with respect
         thereto;

         (g)     the Seller shall have deposited in the Collection Account,
         Collections with respect to the related Additional Contracts since the
         related Cutoff Date;

         (h)     the Seller shall have delivered to the Issuer Trustee, the
         Collateral Agent, each Indenture Trustee, the Rating Agency and certain
         providers of Credit Enhancement, if any, an Opinion of Counsel
         
<PAGE>
         acceptable to the Issuer Trustee that for Federal income tax purposes
         (x) following the New Issuance the Trust will not be deemed to be an
         association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation
         and (y) the New Issuance will not affect the tax characterization as
         debt of Notes of any outstanding Series or Class issued by the Trust
         for which an opinion of counsel has been provided that such Notes are
         debt for Federal income tax purposes (an Opinion of Counsel to the
         effect referred to in clauses (x) and (y) with respect to any action is
         referred to herein as a "Tax Opinion");

         (i)     the Seller and each applicable Financing Originator shall be
         deemed to make certain representations and warranties (w) regarding the
         accuracy of the information delivered to the Collateral Agent with
         respect to the identity of such Additional Contracts, (x) that each
         Additional Contract is, as of the related Cutoff Date, an Eligible
         Contract, (y) that no selection procedures reasonably believed by such
         Financing Originator or the Seller to be materially adverse to the
         interests of the Noteholders were utilized in selecting the Additional
         Contracts from the available Eligible Contracts and (z) that as of the
         Addition Date, such Financing Originator and the Seller is not
         insolvent and will not be rendered insolvent by transferring any such
         Additional Contract to the Trust; 

         (j)     the sum of (i) the excess of (x) the ADCB over (y) the Excess
         Concentration Amount for the Addition (such excess, the "Net Pool
         Balance") and (ii) amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account shall not
         be less, after giving effect to such New Issuance and related Addition,
         than the Aggregate Principal Amount; 

         (k)     immediately prior to the New Issuance and after giving effect
         thereto, no Event of Default or Restricting Event shall have occurred
         or be continuing; 

         (l)     Newcourt shall have deposited into the Reserve Account the
         applicable Minimum Deposit (the aggregate outstanding amount deposited
         by Newcourt in the Reserve Account at any time, the "Newcourt
         Advance"); 

         (m)     the Commitment Termination Date shall not have occurred; and

         (n)     any other conditions specified in any Supplement to the Pooling
         Agreement.

Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Issuer Trustee shall execute the
Supplement and the Applicable Indenture Trustee shall authenticate, execute and
deliver the Class A Notes of the new Series for delivery in accordance with the
Pooling Agreement.  In order for the tax opinion described in clause (f) (x) to
be delivered, it is expected that the Subordinated Notes of the New Issuance
will be required either (i) to qualify as debt for Federal income tax purposes
or (ii) to be privately placed in accordance with tax requirements preventing
the Trust from becoming a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

Allocations

         Prior to an Event of Default.  On the third business day prior to each
Distribution Date (each, a "Determination Date") prior to an Event of Default
or a Restricting Event, the Servicer shall instruct the Collateral Agent to
<PAGE>
withdraw, and on the succeeding Distribution Date the Collateral Agent acting
in accordance with such instructions shall withdraw, the amounts required to be
withdrawn from the Collection Account in order to make the following payments
or allocations from the Available Amounts for the related Distribution Date (in
each case, such payment or transfer to be made only to the extent funds remain
available therefor after all prior payments and transfers for such Distribution
Date have been made), in the following order of priority:

                 A)       pay to the Servicer, the amount of any unreimbursed
                 Servicer Advances; 

                 B)       pay to the Servicer the monthly Servicing Fee for the
                 preceding monthly period together with any amounts in respect
                 of the Servicing Fee that were due in respect of prior monthly
                 periods that remain unpaid; 

                 C)       pay to each person that provides an interest rate swap
                 or similar hedging arrangement (each such arrangement, an
                 "Interest Rate Hedge"; and each such person providing an
                 Interest Rate Hedge, a "Hedging Counterparty") the amount owing
                 to such Hedging Counterparty under the related Interest Rate
                 Hedge for the Accrual Period immediately preceding such
                 Distribution Date, together with any such amounts that were due
                 in respect of prior Accrual Periods that remain unpaid
                 (excluding, in each case, any amounts owing in respect of
                 termination payments, liquidated damages and gross-ups);
                 provided, that if the Available Amount remaining to be
                 allocated pursuant to this clause is less than the full amount
                 required to be so allocated, such remaining Available Amount
                 shall be allocated to each Hedging Counterparty pro rata based
                 on the amount owing to it; 

                 D)       allocate to each Series of Notes the applicable Series
                 Available Amount and; 

                          1)      pay to the Applicable Indenture Trustee on
                          behalf of the Class A Notes of such Series an amount
                          equal to interest accrued in respect of such Class A 
                          Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding
                          such Distribution Date, together with any such amounts
                          that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods for
                          which no allocation was previously made; provided,
                          that if the Series Available Amount remaining to be
                          allocated pursuant to this clause is less than the
                          full amount required to be so allocated, such
                          remaining Series Available Amount shall be allocated
                          to each Class A Note of such Series pro rata based on 
                          the outstanding principal amount thereof; 

                          2)      pay to the holders of the Class B Notes of
                          each Series an amount equal to the interest accrued
                          thereon for the Accrual Period immediately preceding
                          such Distribution Date, together with any such amounts
                          that accrued in respect of prior Accrual Periods for
                          which no allocation was previously made; provided,
                          that if the Series Available Amount remaining to be
                          allocated pursuant to this clause is less than the
<PAGE>
                          full amount required to be so allocated, such
                          remaining Series Available Amount shall be allocated
                          to each Class B Note of such Series pro rata based on
                          the outstanding principal amount thereof; 

                          3)      pay to the Applicable Indenture Trustee on
                          behalf of the Class A Notes of such Series the lesser
                          of (i) the Class A Principal Payment Amount for such
                          Series of Class A Notes for such Distribution Date and
                          (ii) the remaining outstanding Principal Amount of the
                          Class A Notes of such Series; provided, that if the
                          Series Available Amount remaining to be allocated
                          pursuant to this clause is less than the full amount
                          required to be so allocated, such remaining Series
                          Available Amount shall be allocated to each Class A
                          Note of such Series pro rata based on the outstanding
                          principal amount thereof; 

                          4)      to the extent that the amount then maintained
                          in the Reserve Account is less than 1% of the sum of
                          the Series ADCB for all outstanding Series (such
                          amount, the "Minimum Reserve Balance"), deposit to the
                          Reserve Account an amount equal to the Series
                          Allocation Percentage of such insufficiency provided,
                          that to the extent the amount on deposit in the
                          Reserve Account exceeds the Minimum Reserve Balance,
                          such excess shall be paid to Newcourt as a reduction
                          of the Newcourt Advance until the outstanding amount
                          of such Advance has been reduced to zero;
                          
                          5)      pay to the holders of the Class C Notes of
                          such Series an amount equal to interest accrued in
                          respect of such Series of Class C Notes for the
                          Accrual Period immediately preceding such Distribution
                          Date, together with any such amounts that accrued in
                          respect of prior Accrual Periods for which no
                          allocation was previously made; provided, that if the
                          Series Available Amount remaining to be allocated
                          pursuant to this clause is less than the full amount
                          required to be so paid, such remaining series
                          Available Amount shall be allocated to each Class C
                          Note of such Series pro rata based on the outstanding
                          principal amount thereof; 

                          6)      pay to the holders of the Class B Notes of
                          such Series the lesser of (i) the Class B Principal
                          Payment Amount for such Series of Class B Notes for
                          such Distribution Date and (ii) the remaining
                          outstanding Principal Amount of the Class B Notes of
                          such Series; provided, that if the Series Available
                          Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
                          clause is less than the full amount required to be so
                          paid, such remaining Series Available Amount shall be
                          allocated to each Class B Note of such Series pro rata
                          based on the outstanding principal amount thereof; 
<PAGE>
                          7)      pay to the holders of the Class C Notes of
                          such Series the lesser of (i) the Class C Principal
                          Payment Amount for such Series of Class C Notes for
                          such Distribution Date and (ii) the remaining
                          outstanding Principal Amount of the Class C Notes of
                          such Series; provided, that if the Series Available
                          Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
                          clause is less than the full amount required to be so
                          allocated, such remaining Series Available Amount
                          shall be allocated to each Class C Note of such Series
                          pro rata based on the outstanding principal amount
                          thereof; 

                          8)      pay to the Applicable Indenture Trustee on
                          behalf of the Class A Notes of such Series, as an
                          additional payment of principal of such Class A Notes
                          an amount equal to the product of (i) the Applicable
                          Class Percentage for such Class A Notes and (ii) the
                          applicable Excess Spread Amount;

                          9)      pay to the Class B Noteholders of such Series,
                          as an additional payment of principal of such Class B 
                          Notes an amount equal to the product of (i) the
                          Applicable Class Percentage for such Class B Notes and
                          (ii) the applicable Excess Spread Amount; 

                          10)     pay to each Hedging Counterparty an amount
                          equal to the product of (i) the amounts owing to it in
                          respect of termination payments, liquidated damages
                          and gross-ups and (ii) the applicable Series
                          Allocation Percentage; provided, that if the Series
                          Available Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant to
                          this clause is less than the full amount required to
                          be so allocated, such remaining Series Available
                          Amount shall be allocated to each Hedging Counterparty
                          pro rata based on the amount owing to it; and
                          
                          11)     pay the remaining Series Available Amount to
                          the holders of the Class C Notes; 

provided, that no Series Available Amount shall be allocated pursuant to
clauses (D)(5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) or (11) above to the extent that any
allocations having priority over such clauses (D)(5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10)
or (11) above have not been made in full for any other Series of Notes; any
such remaining Series Available Amount shall be deemed to constitute Series
Available Amounts for such other Series, allocated among such other Series, if
more than one, in proportion to the respective Series Allocation Percentages of
such other Series.

         As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

                 "Available Amounts" means as of any Distribution Date, the sum
         of (i) all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account as of the 
         immediately preceding Determination Date on account of Scheduled
         Payments due on or before and Prepayments received on or before the
         last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such
         Distribution Date (other than Excluded Amounts and net investment
<PAGE>
         earnings credited to the Collection Account); (ii) amounts received
         from any Hedging Counterparty and (iii) Recoveries on account of
         previously Defaulted Contracts.

                 "Reserve Account Allocation Amount" shall mean, with respect to
         each Series in respect of which a draw on the Reserve Account is
         required to be made on a Distribution Date, an amount equal to the
         product of (i) all amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account on such
         Distribution Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
         Series ADCB of such Series and the denominator of which is sum of the
         Series ADCB of each Series in respect of which a draw on the Reserve
         Account is required to be made on such Distribution Date.

                 "Series Allocation Percentage" for a Series of Notes means, at
         any time, the ratio that (i) the sum of the Series Expected Cash Flow
         and the Series Arrearage bears to (ii) the sum of (A) the sum of the
         Series Expected Cash Flows for all Series of Notes then outstanding and
         (B) the sum of the Series Arrearages for all Series of Notes then
         outstanding.  

                 "Series Arrearage" for a Series of Notes means, for any
         Distribution Date, the amount by which on the previous Distribution 
         Date the principal of and interest on the Class A Notes and Class B
         Notes of such Series were not paid in accordance with the allocations
         set forth herein. 

                 "Series Available Amount" means, with respect to any Series as
         of any Distribution Date, the product of (i) the applicable Series
         Allocation Percentage and (ii) the Available Amounts remaining to be
         allocated after payment of amounts set forth in clauses (A), (B) and
         (C) under "Description of the Notes--Allocation; Prior to an Event of
         Default". 

                 "Series Expected Cash Flow" means, for any Distribution Date,
         (i) with respect to the first Series of Notes, the aggregate amount of
         the Adjusted Scheduled Payments scheduled to be made during the
         Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (and any
         other Scheduled Payments due and payable after the applicable Cutoff
         Date and prior to the last day of such Collection Period that have not
         been received by the Servicer prior to the last day of the second
         Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date) under
         the terms of all Original Contracts in the Contract Pool as of the last
         day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution
         Date and (ii) with respect to each other Series of Notes, the aggregate
         amount of the Adjusted Scheduled Payments scheduled to be made during
         the Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (and
         any other Scheduled Payments due and payable after the applicable
         Cutoff Date and prior to the last day of such Collection Period that
         have not been received by the Servicer prior to the last day of the
         second Collection Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date)
         under the terms of the Additional Contracts sold to the Trust in
         connection with the issuance of such Series and in the Contract Pool as
         of the last day of the Collection Period immediately preceding such
         Distribution Date.

         Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Restricting Event,
         to the extent specified by the Servicer, if the Available Amounts or 
         Series
<PAGE>
Available Amounts, as applicable, are less than the amount required to make in
full the payments and allocations set forth in items (A), (B), (C), (D)(1),
(D)(2) and (D)(3) above, amounts held in the Reserve Account shall be withdrawn
in order for any of such payments or allocations to be made and such amounts
will be considered as Available Amounts or Series Available Amounts, as
appropriate, for such purpose only provided, to the extent amounts on deposit
in the Reserve Account are insufficient to make such payments in full for each
Series in respect of which a draw on the Reserve Account is required, such
amounts shall be allocated to each such Series pro rata based upon the Reserve
Account Allocation Amount.  On each Distribution Date, after giving effect to
all payments and allocations to be made on such date, amounts on deposit in the
Reserve Account in excess of the Minimum Reserve Balance shall be distributed
first, to Newcourt in reimbursement of the outstanding Newcourt Advance and
second, to the holders of the Class C Notes.

         Pursuant to the Applicable Indenture, the Applicable Indenture Trustee
the foregoing to the Class A Noteholders represented thereby pro rata in
accordance with the respective amounts owed thereto.

         Following an Event of Default.  On each Determination Date after the
occurrence of an Event of Default, the Servicer shall instruct the Collateral
Agent to withdraw, and on the succeeding Distribution Date the Collateral Agent
acting in accordance with such instructions shall withdraw, the amounts
required to be withdrawn from the Collection Account in order to make the
following payments or allocations from the Available Amount for the related
Distribution Date (in each case, such payment or transfer to be made only to
the extent funds remain available therefor after all prior payments and
transfers for such Distribution Date have been made), in the following order of
priority:

                 A)       pay to the Collateral Agent, the amount of any unpaid
                 fees and expenses;

                 B)       pay to the Servicer, the amount of any unreimbursed
                 Servicer Advance; 

                 C)       pay to the Servicer the monthly Servicing Fee for the
                 preceding monthly period together with any amounts in respect
                 of the Servicing Fee that were due in respect of prior monthly
                 periods that remain unpaid; 

                 D)       pay to each Hedging Counterparty the amount owing to
                 such Hedging Counterparty under the related Interest Rate Hedge
                 for the Accrual Period immediately preceding such Distribution
                 Date, together with any such amounts that were due in respect
                 of prior Accrual Periods that remain unpaid (excluding, in each
                 case, any amounts owing in respect of termination payments,
                 liquidated damages and gross-ups); provided, that if the
                 Available Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
                 clause is less than the full amount required to be so
                 allocated, such remaining Available Amount shall be allocated
                 to each Hedging Counterparty pro rata based on the amount owing
                 to it; 

                 E)       pay to each Applicable Indenture Trustee on behalf of
                 the Class A Notes represented thereby an amount equal to
<PAGE>
                 interest accrued in respect of such Class A Notes for the
                 Accrual Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date,
                 together with any such amounts that accrued in respect of prior
                 Accrual Periods for which no allocation was previously made;
                 provided, that if the Available Amount remaining to be
                 allocated pursuant to this clause is less than the full amount
                 required to be so allocated, such remaining Available Amount
                 shall be allocated to each Series of Class A Notes pro rata
                 based on the outstanding principal amount owing to it;

                 F)       pay to the holders of Class B Notes of each Series an
                 amount equal to interest accrued in respect of such Class B
                 Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding such
                 Distribution Date, together with any such amounts that accrued
                 in respect of prior Accrual Periods for which no allocation was
                 previously made; provided, that if the Available Amount
                 remaining to be allocated pursuant to this clause is less than
                 the full amount required to be so allocated, such remaining
                 Available Amount shall be allocated to each Series of Class B
                 Notes pro rata based on the outstanding principal amount owing
                 to it;

                 G)       pay to each Applicable Indenture Trustee on behalf of
                 the Class A Notes represented thereby the remaining outstanding
                 principal amount of such Class A Notes; provided, that if the
                 Available Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
                 clause is less than the full amount required to be so
                 allocated, such remaining Available Amount shall be allocated
                 to each Series of Class A Notes pro rata based on the
                 outstanding principal amount thereof; 

                 H)       pay to Newcourt the outstanding amount of the Newcourt
                 Advance;

                 I)       pay to the holders of Class C Notes of each Series an
                 amount equal to interest accrued in respect of such Class C
                 Notes for the Accrual Period immediately preceding such
                 Distribution Date, together with any such amounts (and interest
                 on any such amounts) that accrued in respect of prior Accrual
                 Periods for which no allocation was previously made; provided,
                 that if the Available Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant
                 to this clause is less than the full amount required to be so
                 allocated, such remaining Available Amount shall be allocated
                 to each Series of Class C Notes pro rata based on the
                 outstanding principal amount thereof;

                 J)       pay to the Class B Noteholders the remaining
                 outstanding principal amount of the Class B Notes; provided,
                 that if the Available Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant
                 to this clause is less than the full amount required to be so
                 allocated, such remaining Available Amount shall be allocated
                 to each Series of Class B Notes pro rata based on the
                 outstanding principal amount thereof; 

                 K)       pay to the holders of Class C Notes of each Series the
                 remaining outstanding principal amount of such Class C Notes;
                 provided, that if the Available Amount remaining to be
<PAGE>
                 allocated pursuant to this clause is less than the full amount
                 required to be so allocated, such remaining Available Amount
                 shall be allocated to each Series of Class C Notes pro rata
                 based on the amount owing to it; 

                 L)       pay to each Hedging Counterparty an amount equal to
                 the amounts owing to it in respect of termination payments,
                 liquidated damages and gross-ups; provided, that if the
                 Available Amount remaining to be allocated pursuant to this
                 clause is less than the full amount required to be so
                 allocated, such remaining Available Amount shall be allocated
                 to each Hedging Counterparty pro rata based on the amount owing
                 to it; and

                 M)       pay any remaining Series Available Amounts to the
                 holders of Class C Notes of each Series; 

         Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, and notwithstanding
the occurrence or continuance of a Restricting Event, amounts on deposit in the
Reserve Account shall be treated as Available Funds and allocated as provided
above following an Event of Default; provided, that (i) before giving effect to
any allocations or payments on such Distribution Date, Investment Earnings in
the Reserve Account shall be paid to Newcourt and (ii) after giving effect to
the withdrawal of Investment Earnings, amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account on the first Distribution Date following such Event of Default (and
prior to any allocations or payments of Available Amounts on such date) in
excess of the Minimum Reserve Balance shall be distributed first, to Newcourt
in reimbursement of the outstanding Newcourt Advance and second to the holders
of the Class C Notes.

         Pursuant to the Applicable Indenture, the Applicable Indenture Trustee
will distribute amounts received from the Collateral Agent in accordance with
the foregoing to the Class A Noteholders represented thereby pro rata in
accordance with the respective amounts owed thereto.

         Following a Restricting Event.  On each Determination Date after the
occurrence, but only during the continuance, of a Restricting Event, the
Servicer shall instruct the Collateral Agent to withdraw, and on the succeeding
Distribution Date the Collateral Agent acting in accordance with such
instructions shall withdraw, the amounts required to be withdrawn from the
Collection Account in order to pay or allocate from the Available Amount for
the related Distribution Date (in each case, such payment or transfer to be
made only to the extent funds remain available therefor after all prior
payments and transfers for such Distribution Date have been made), amounts in
the same order of priority as described above under "--Allocations; Following
an Event of Default".

         Following the occurrence, but only during the continuance, of a
Restricting Event, and prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, amounts
on deposit in the Reserve Account shall be treated as Available Funds and
allocated as provided above following an Event of Default; provided, that (i),
before giving effect to any allocations or payments on such Distribution Date,
Investment Earnings in the Reserve Account shall be paid to Newcourt and (ii),
after giving effect to the withdrawal of Investment Earnings, amounts on
deposit in the Reserve Account, before giving effect to any allocations or
payments on such Distribution Date, in excess, in the aggregate, of the Minimum
<PAGE>
Reserve Balance shall be paid first, to Newcourt in reimbursement of the
outstanding Newcourt Advance and second, to the holders of the Class C Notes.

Allocation of Defaulted Contracts

         An Eligible Contract will automatically be deemed to be in default (a
"Defaulted Contract") if it is more than 90 days past due or if at any time
prior to such 90-day period the Servicer determines, in accordance with its
customary and usual practices, that such Contract is not collectible.  The
current policy of the Servicer with respect to writing off Contracts is
described in "Credit and Contract Servicing Procedures--Newcourt's Write-Off
Policy".
  
         Upon classification as a Defaulted Contract, the Servicer shall
accelerate all payments due thereunder or take such other action as the
Servicer reasonably believes will maximize the amount of Recoveries in respect
thereof and shall otherwise follow its customary and usual collection
procedures, which may include the repossession and sale of any related
Equipment or other Applicable Security on behalf of the Trust.  If the Series
Available Amounts are less than the amount required to make in full certain of
the payments and allocations set forth above (see "--Allocations"), including
any such insufficiency as a result of Defaulted Contracts, amounts on deposit
in the  Reserve Account shall be withdrawn to make any of such payments or
allocations as more fully described above.  To the extent the aggregate amount
of Available Amounts, outstanding principal amounts of Subordinated Notes of
all Series and amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account are insufficient to
satisfy the outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A Notes of any Series,
then the Additional Series Enhancement for such Series shall be reduced until
the amount thereof has been reduced to zero.   Class A Noteholders will bear
their allocable share of any losses (based upon the outstanding Principal
Amount thereof) in excess of the foregoing sources of payment.  Any recoveries
on account of a previously Defaulted Contract (including proceeds of
repossessed Equipment or other Applicable Security or other property, Insurance
Proceeds, amounts representing late fees and penalties and amounts received
pursuant to a Vendor Agreement, but net of amounts representing costs and
expenses of liquidation incurred by the Servicer; such recoveries net of such
amounts, "Recoveries") shall be deemed to be Available Amounts.

Collection Account

         The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall cause to be
established and maintained in the name of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the
Secured Parties, with an office or branch of a depository institution or trust
company (which may include the Collateral Agent) organized under the laws of
the United States of America or any one of the states thereof and located in
the state designated by the Servicer a non-interest bearing segregated
corporate trust account (the "Collection Account") bearing a designation
clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the
benefit of the Noteholders; provided, however, that at all times such
depository institution or trust company shall be (a) the corporate trust
department of the Collateral Agent or, (b) a depository institution organized
under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof
or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), (i)(A)
which has either (1) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating
Agencies or (2) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit
rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies, (B) the parent corporation of which
has either (1) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating
<PAGE>
Agencies or (2) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit
rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies or (C) is otherwise acceptable to the
Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"; any such depository institution or trust
company, a "Qualified Institution").  The Prospectus Supplement for a Series
may require the Collateral Agent to establish and maintain, for administrative
purposes only, other Series accounts for such Series bearing a designation
clearly indicating that the funds allocated thereto are held in trust for the
benefit of the Noteholders of such Series.  Funds in the Collection Account
generally will be invested in (i) obligations fully guaranteed by the United
States of America, (ii) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of
deposit of depository institutions or trust companies having commercial paper
with the highest rating from each Rating Agency, (iii) commercial paper (or
other short term obligations) having, at the time of the related Trust's
investment therein, the highest rating from each Rating Agency, (iv) demand
deposits, time deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully insured by
the FDIC, (v) notes or bankers' acceptances issued by any depository
institution or trust company described in (ii) above, (vi) money market funds
which have the highest rating from, or have otherwise been approved in writing
by, each Rating Agency, (vii) time deposits with an entity, the commercial
paper of which has the highest rating from the Rating Agency, (viii) eligible
repurchase agreements and (ix) any other investments approved in writing by the
Rating Agency (collectively, "Eligible Investments").  Such funds may be
invested in debt obligations of Newcourt or its affiliates so long as such
obligations qualify as Eligible Investments.  Any earnings (net of losses and
investment expenses) on funds in the Collection Account will be distributed to
Newcourt. The Servicer will have the revocable power to instruct the Collateral
Agent to make withdrawals and payments from a related Collection Account for
the purpose of carrying out its duties under the Pooling Agreement and any
Supplement thereto.  

Reserve Account

         The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall cause to be
established and maintained in the name of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the
Secured Parties, with a Qualified Institution designated by the Servicer, a
segregated trust account within the corporate trust department of such
Qualified Institution (the "Reserve Account"), bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit
of the Noteholders.  The Collateral Agent shall possess all right, title and
interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Reserve Account and
in all proceeds thereof.  The Reserve Account will be funded from time to time
(i) by Newcourt as described above under "--New Issuances; Addition of Trust
Assets" and (ii) with Available Amounts allocated thereto as described above
under "--Allocations".  Funds in the Reserve Account generally will be invested
in Eligible Investments.  Such funds may be invested in debt obligations of
Newcourt or its affiliates so long as such obligations qualify as Eligible
Investments.  Any earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds in
the Reserve Account will be distributed to Newcourt.  The Servicer will have
the revocable power to instruct the Collateral Agent to make withdrawals and
payments from the Reserve Account for the purpose of carrying out its duties
under the Pooling Agreement and any Supplement thereto.  

Replacement Accounts

         If any institution with which any of the accounts established pursuant
to the Pooling Agreement are established ceases to be a Qualified Institution,
<PAGE>
the Servicer or the Issuer Trustee (as the case may be) shall within ten
Business Days establish a replacement account at a Qualified Institution after
notice thereof.

Credit Enhancement

         General.  The rights of the Subordinated Noteholders of each Series to
receive payments of principal and interest will be subordinated to the rights
of the Class A Noteholders to receive such payments to the extent described in
the Pooling Agreement and any Supplement for such Series of Class A Notes. 
Such subordination is afforded both by the preferential right of the Class A
Noteholders of each Series to receive such payments, by the establishment of
the Reserve Account and, if specified for any Series in the related Prospectus
Supplement, by the availability of Excess Spread Amounts.  Amounts otherwise
distributable to the Subordinated Noteholders of any Series will, to the extent
described in the Pooling Agreement and any applicable Supplement, be deposited
in the Reserve Account to the extent necessary to maintain the amounts on
deposit therein in an amount no less than the Minimum Reserve Balance.  Because
the Credit Enhancement afforded by the subordination of Subordinated Notes of
all Series and the amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account are available to
the Class A Noteholders of each Series, Class A Noteholders of any Series will
be subject to the risk that such Credit Enhancement will be exhausted by the
claims of Class A Noteholders of another Series.  See "--Allocations".

         The presence of Credit Enhancement with respect to a Class is intended
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by Noteholders of the Class of the full
amount of principal and interest due to such Class and to decrease the
likelihood that the Noteholders will experience losses.  However, unless
otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement for a Series, the Credit
Enhancement, if any, will be limited and will not provide protection against
all risks of loss.  Unless otherwise provided in a Prospectus Supplement,
Credit Enhancement will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance
of the Notes of any Class and interest thereon.  If losses occur which exceed
the amount available under the Credit Enhancement or which are not covered by
the Credit Enhancement, Noteholders will bear their allocable share of such
losses.  See "--Allocation of Defaulted Contracts". 

         Additional Series Enhancement.  Additional Credit Enhancement may be
provided with respect to one or more Classes of a Series (as to such Series,
"Additional Series Enhancement") in the form of overcollateralization, letters
of credit, credit or liquidity facilities, repurchase obligations, a surety
bond, insurance policy, guaranty or similar forms of third party payments or
support, the establishment of an additional cash collateral account, reserve
account, spread account or similar cash deposits, the use of cross support
features, or any combination of the foregoing.  Additional Series Enhancement
may also be provided to a Class or Classes of a Series by additional
subordination provisions (in addition to those described above) which require
that distributions of principal or interest be made with respect to the Notes
of such Class or Classes before distributions are made to one or more other
Classes of such Series.  If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement, any form
of Additional Series Enhancement may be structured so as to be available to
more than one Class or Series to the extent described therein.  Additional
Series Enhancement is included in the "Credit Enhancement" for a Series or
Class of Notes. 

          If Additional Series Enhancement is provided with respect to a Series,
the Prospectus Supplement will include a description of (i) the amount payable
<PAGE>
under the Additional Series Enhancement, (ii) any conditions to payment
thereunder not otherwise described herein, (iii) the conditions (if any) under
which the amount payable under the Additional Series Enhancement may be reduced
and under which the Additional Series Enhancement may be terminated or replaced
and (iv) any material provisions of any agreement relating to the Additional
Series Enhancement.  Additionally, in certain cases, the Prospectus Supplement
may set forth certain information with respect to the provider of any
third-party Additional Series Enhancement (the "Credit Enhancer"), including
(i) a brief description of its principal business activities, (ii) its
principal place of business, place of incorporation and the jurisdiction under
which it is chartered or licensed to do business, (iii) if applicable, the
identity of regulatory agencies which exercise primary jurisdiction over the
conduct of its business and (iv) its total assets and stockholders' or
policyholders' surplus, if applicable, as of a date specified in the Prospectus
Supplement.  

         Subordination.  If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement, one or
more Classes of a Series may, in addition to the subordination of the
Subordinated Notes of all Series to the Class A Notes of all Series, be
subordinated to one or more other Classes of the Series.  The rights of the
holders of the subordinated Classes to receive payments of principal or
interest on any Distribution Date will be subordinated to the rights of the
holders of the Classes of Notes which are senior to such  subordinated Classes
to the extent set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.  Such subordination may
be limited in amount and may not be available to cover certain types of losses,
as specified in the Prospectus Supplement.  The Prospectus Supplement will also
set forth information concerning the amount of subordination of a Class or
Classes of Notes in a Series, the circumstances in which the subordination will
be applicable, the manner, if any, in which the amount of subordination will
decrease over time, and the conditions under which amounts available from
payments that would otherwise be made to holders of the subordinated Notes will
be distributed to holders of Notes which are senior to the subordinated Notes. 

         Letter of Credit.  If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement, Credit
Enhancement may be provided with respect to a Series or Class of Notes in the
form of a letter of credit issued by a bank or financial institution specified
in the Prospectus Supplement (the "L/C Issuer").  Subject to the terms and
conditions specified in the Prospectus Supplement, an L/C Issuer will be
obligated to honor drawings under a letter of credit in an aggregate dollar
amount (which may be fixed or may be reduced as described in the Prospectus
Supplement), net of unreimbursed payments thereunder, equal to the amount
described in the Prospectus Supplement.  The amount available under a letter of
credit will be reduced to the extent of the unreimbursed payments thereunder. 
A letter of credit may not cover all types of losses.

         Cash Collateral or Reserve Account.  If so specified in the Prospectus
Supplement, the Notes of any Class or Series offered hereby may have the
benefit of an additional cash collateral or reserve account.  Unless otherwise
specified in the Prospectus Supplement, a cash collateral or reserve account
with respect to a Class or Series will be funded on the Series Issuance Date
and the funds on deposit therein will be invested in Eligible Investments.  The
amount available to be withdrawn from a cash collateral or reserve account will
be the lesser of the amount on deposit in the cash collateral or reserve
account and an amount specified in the Prospectus Supplement.  The Prospectus
Supplement will set forth the circumstances under which withdrawals will be
made from the cash collateral or reserve account.
<PAGE>
         Surety Bond or Insurance Policy.  If so specified in the Prospectus
Supplement, a surety bond or insurance policy may be purchased for the benefit
of the holders of any Series or Class of Notes to assure distributions of
interest or principal with respect to such Series or Class of Notes in the
manner and amount specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

         Spread Account.  If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement, support 
for a Series or one or more Classes of a Series may be provided by the periodic
deposit of certain available excess cash flow from Trust Assets into an account
(the "Spread Account") intended to assure the subsequent distributions of
interest and principal on the Notes of such Class or Series in the manner
specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

Events of Default

         As described above, allocations of Available Amounts will be made to
each Series as described above under "--Allocations; Prior to an Event of
Default" unless and until an Event of Default with respect to any Series has
occurred, in which case allocations of Available Amounts will be made as
described above under "--Allocations; Following an Event of Default" or "--
Allocations; Following a Restricting Event".  An "Event of Default" with
respect to a Series refers to any of the following events and any other events
specified as such in the Supplement with respect to such Series:

                 (a)      failure to pay the then outstanding principal amount
         of any Note, if any, on its related Maturity Date;

                 (b)      (i) failure on the part of the Seller to make any
         payment or deposit required under the Pooling Agreement or any
         Supplement within three business days after the date the payment or
         deposit is required to be made or (ii) failure on the part of the
         Seller, the Trust or the Issuer Trustee to observe or perform any other
         covenants or agreements of such entity set forth in the Pooling
         Agreement, any Supplement, any Indenture or any Note Document, which
         failure has a material adverse effect on the Noteholders and which
         continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice;
         provided, that no such 60-day cure period shall apply in the case of a
         failure by a Seller to perform its agreement to accept reassignment of
         Ineligible Contracts  and further provided, that only a five day cure
         period shall apply in the case of a failure by the Seller, the Trustee
         or the Issuer Trustee to observe its covenant not to grant a security
         interest or otherwise intentionally create a lien on the Contracts;

                 (c)      any representation or warranty made by the Seller, the
         Trustee or the Issuer Trustee in the Pooling Agreement, any Supplement,
         any Indenture or any Note Document or any information required to be
         given by the Seller to the Collateral Agent to identify the Contracts 
         proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made and
         continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60
         days after written notice and as a result of which the interests of the
         Noteholders of the Series are materially and adversely affected;
         provided, however, that an Event of Default shall not be deemed to 
         occur thereunder if the Seller has repurchased the related Contracts
         during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Pooling
         Agreement;
<PAGE>
                 (d)      the occurrence of an Insolvency Event relating to
         Newcourt, the Seller, the Trust or the Servicer;

                 (e)      the Trust becomes an "investment company" within the
         meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

                 (f)      the Seller or any other person sells, assigns, pledges
         or transfers any portion of the Non-Transferrable Notes or any economic
         interest in the Non-Transferrable Notes in violation of the
         restrictions on transfer described under "The Pooling Agreement
         Generally--The Non-Transferrable Notes" (a "Transfer Event"); or

                 (g)      an additional Event of Default as specified in a
         Supplement for any Series.

         In the case of any event described in (a), (b), (c), (f) or (g), an
Event of Default with respect to any Series will be deemed to have occurred
only if, after the applicable grace period described in such clauses, if any,
either the Collateral Agent or the Required Holders, by written notice to the
Seller and the Servicer (and the Collateral Agent, if given by the Noteholders)
declare that an Event of Default has occurred as of the date of such notice. 
In the case of any event described in clause (d) or (e), an Event of Default
with respect to each Series will be deemed to have occurred without any notice
or other action on the part of the Collateral Agent or the Noteholders of any
Series immediately upon the occurrence of such event.  In the event the
Collateral Agent has actual knowledge of an Event of Default, it will be
required to notify, among others, the Seller, the Servicer and each Indenture
Trustee.

         If an Insolvency Event relating to the Seller occurs or if a Transfer
Event occurs, pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, on the day of such Insolvency
Event or Transfer Event, the Seller will promptly give notice to the Collateral
Agent of the Insolvency Event or Transfer Event, and the Collateral Agent will,
unless notified to the contrary by the Controlling Party, promptly act to sell,
dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Contracts in a commercially reasonable
manner and on commercially reasonable terms.  The proceeds from any such sale,
disposition or liquidation of Contracts will be deposited in the Collection
Account and allocated as described in the Pooling Agreement and Supplement.  If
the sum of (i) the portion of such proceeds allocated to the Noteholders of a
Class of any Series and (ii) the proceeds of any collections on Contracts in
the Collection Account allocated to such Noteholders is not sufficient to pay
the Principal Amount of the Notes of such Class in full, such Noteholders will
incur a loss.

         An Event of Default under any Series of Class A Notes will include the
occurrence of any additional "Event of Default" under any Supplement pursuant
to which previous or subsequent Series of Notes have been or may be issued. 
Additional "Events of Default" set forth in the Supplement for a Series may be
more restrictive than the Events of Default otherwise applicable to any other
Series of Notes.  This cross-default feature is intended to assure that the
Class A Notes of all Series receive pro rata and pari passu benefit of the
subordination of all Subordinated Notes.

         As used herein, the following terms shall have the following 
        
                 "Note Documents" means each Supplement or similar agreement
         pursuant to which a Series of Subordinated Notes has been issued.
<PAGE>
                 "Required Holders" means (i) prior to the payment in full of
         the Class A Notes of all Series outstanding, Class A Noteholders
         holding Class A Notes evidencing more than 50% of the Aggregate 
         Principal Amount of the Class A Notes of all Series, or Indenture
         Trustees on behalf of such Noteholders and (ii) from and after the
         payment in full of the Class A Notes of all Series outstanding, Class B
         Noteholders holding Class B Notes evidencing more than 50% of the
         Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class B Notes of all Series
         outstanding.  

Restricting Events

         As described above, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default,
allocations of Available Amounts will be made to each Series as described above
under "--Allocations; Prior to an Event of Default" unless a Restricting Event
has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Series in which case
allocations will be made to each Series as described above under "--
Allocations; Following an Event of Default".  A "Restricting Event" with
respect to a Series refers to any of the following events and any other events
specified as such in the Supplement with respect to such Series:

                 (a)      As of any Distribution Date, the weighted average ADCB
         of all Contracts in respect of which, during the three preceding
         Collection Periods, a Scheduled Payment is more than 60 days past due 
         exceeds 2.0% of the weighted average ADCB of the Contracts Pool during
         such three Collection Periods; or 

                 (b)      As of any Distribution Date, the product of (i) two
         (2) multiplied by (ii) the difference between (x) the ADCB of the sum
         of (A) all Contracts which were charged off by the Servicer as
         uncollectible in accordance with its usual and customary practices
         during the six preceding Collection Periods (whether or not such
         Contract was a Defaulted Contract) and (B) all Contracts under which
         the related End-User was the subject of an Insolvency Event during such
         six Collection Periods (Contracts which are the subject of an event
         described in clauses (A) or (B) being referred to as "Charge-Offs") and
         (y) Recoveries received during the preceding six Collection Periods on 
         account of Charge-Offs, exceeds 1% of the weighted average ADCB of all
         Contracts in the Contract Pool during such six Collection Periods;

                 (c)      As of any Distribution Date, after giving effect to
         the allocations to be made on such date, the sum of the following for
         any Series (i) the applicable Series Allocation Percentage of amounts 
         on deposit in the Reserve Account plus (ii) the difference between the
         Series ADCB of the Contract Pool and the Aggregate Principal Amount of
         the Class A Notes of such Series is less than, for such Series, the
         amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement as the "Minimum
         Amount"; or

                 (d)  Any additional Restricting Events specified in the
         Supplement for any Series.

         A Restricting Event under any Series of Class A Notes will include the
occurrence of any additional "Restricting Events" under any Supplement pursuant
to which previous or subsequent Series of Notes have been or may be issued. 
Additional "Restricting Events" set forth in the Supplement for a Series may be
more restrictive than the Restricting Events otherwise applicable to any other
<PAGE>
Series of Notes.  This cross-default feature is intended to assure that the
Class A Notes of all Series receive pro rata and pari passu benefit of the
subordination of all Subordinated Notes.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         The Servicer's compensation with respect to its servicing activities
and reimbursement for its expenses for any Collection Period will be a
servicing fee (the "Servicing Fee") calculated monthly, and payable on each
Distribution Date, in an amount equal to the product of (i) one-twelfth, (ii)
 .60% (such percentage, the "Servicing Fee Percentage") and (iii) the ADCB of
the Contract Pool as of the beginning of the related Collection Period.  The
Servicing Fee will be funded from Available Amounts  and will be paid on the
Distribution Date with respect to each Collection Period from the Collection
Account (unless such amount has been netted against deposits by the Servicer to
the Collection Account).  

         The Servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the Contracts including, without
limitation, expenses related to the enforcement of the Contracts, payment of
the fees and disbursements of the Trustees and independent accountants,
casualty insurance on Equipment (to the extent the Contracts provide for
Newcourt to pay such insurance) and other fees which are not expressly stated
in the Pooling Agreement to be payable by the Trust, the Noteholders or the
Seller (other than Federal, state, local and foreign income, franchise or other
taxes based on income, if any, or any interest or penalties with respect
thereto, imposed upon the Trust).  In the event that Newcourt is acting as
Servicer and fails to pay the fees and disbursements of the Trustees, the
Trustees will be entitled to receive the portion of the Servicing Fee that is
equal to such unpaid amounts.  In no event will the Noteholders of any Series
be liable to the Trustees for the Servicer's failure to pay such amounts, and
any such amounts so paid to the Trustees will be treated as paid to the
Servicer for all other purposes of the Pooling Agreement.

Record Date

         With respect to each Series of Class A Notes, payments thereon will be 
made as described herein and in the Prospectus Supplement to the Class A
Noteholders of such Series in whose names the Class A Notes were registered
(expected to be Cede, as nominee of DTC) at the close of business on the day
specified in the Prospectus Supplement (each a "Record Date").  However, the
final payment on the Class A Notes of a Series offered hereby will be made only
upon presentation and surrender of such Notes.  All payments with respect to
the principal of and interest on the Class A Notes of each Series (each, a
"Distribution") will be made to DTC in immediately available funds.  See
"Description of the Notes--Book-Entry Registration".

Optional Termination

         On any Distribution Date occurring on or after the date on which the
then outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of
all Series is 10% or less of the aggregate principal amount of the Class A
Notes and Class B Notes of all Series as of the date of their respective
original issuance, the Seller will have the option to purchase (without
penalty) all, but not less than all, of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of
all Series.  The redemption price will be equal to the sum of the outstanding
principal amount of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of all Series, together
<PAGE>
with accrued interest thereon through the day preceding the date of redemption,
and shall be payable to the holders of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes on
such Distribution Date.  Following any redemption, the Class A Noteholders and
Class B Noteholders will have no further rights with respect to the Trust
Assets.  The Class C Notes of any Series will not be subject to redemption
prior to the payment in full of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of all
Series.

Reports

         No later than the third business day prior to each Distribution Date,
the Servicer will forward to the Collateral Agent, each Indenture Trustee, each
Rating Agency and certain providers of Credit Enhancement with respect to a
Series, a statement (the "Monthly Report") prepared by the Servicer setting
forth certain information with respect to the Trust and the Notes of the Series
(unless otherwise indicated), including:  (i) the Series ADCB (A) as of the end
of the related Collection Period and (B) as of the end of the second Collection
Period preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of Contracts that were
first added to the Contract Pool during the related Collection Period, as of
the Cutoff Date for such Contracts); (ii) the Class A Principal Payment Amount
with respect to such Series (including the calculation utilized in the
determination thereof); (iii) the Available Amount processed during the related
Collection Period; (iv) the ADCB of Contracts held by the Trust which were 30
and 90 days or more delinquent as of the end of such Collection Period; (v) the
Discounted Contract Balance of each Contract in the Contract Pool that became a
Defaulted Contract during such Collection Period and the preceding two
Collection Periods; (vi) the Discounted Contract Balances of all Charge-Offs
for such Collection Period and the preceding five Collection Periods; (vii) the
monthly Servicing Fee for such Collection Period; (viii) the Series Available
Amount with respect to the related Collection Period (including the calculation
utilized in the determination thereof); and (ix) the available amount of Credit
Enhancement (including any Additional Series Enhancement for such Series) for
such Distribution Date.

         With respect to each Distribution Date, the Monthly Report with respect
to each Series also will include the following information with respect to the
Notes of the Series:  (i) the total amount distributed; (ii) the amount
allocable to principal on the Notes; (iii) the amount allocable to interest on
the Notes; and (iv) the amount, if any, by which the unpaid principal amount of
the Notes of each Class in such Series exceeds the Principal Amount of such
Class as of the Record Date with respect to such Distribution Date.  On each
Distribution Date, each Applicable Indenture Trustee (or an agent on its
behalf), will forward to each Noteholder represented by such Indenture Trustee
of record a copy of the Monthly Report.

         On or before January 31 of each calendar year, commencing January 31,
1997, each Applicable Indenture Trustee (or an agent on its behalf), will
furnish (or cause to be furnished) to each person who at any time during the
preceding calendar year was a Noteholder of record represented by such
Indenture Trustee a statement containing the information required to be
provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Code for such preceding
calendar year or the applicable portion thereof during which such person was a
Noteholder, together with such other customary information as is necessary to
enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax returns.  See "Certain Federal
Income Tax Matters".


<PAGE>
List of Class A Noteholders

         At such time, if any, as Definitive Class A Notes have been issued,
upon written request of any Class A Noteholder or group of Class A Noteholders
of record holding Class A Notes evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Notes of a Series the Collateral Agent will
afford such Class A Noteholders access during normal business hours to the
current list of Class A Noteholders of such Series and each other Series issued
by the Trust for purpose of communicating with other Class A Noteholders with
respect to their rights under the Pooling Agreement or any Supplement or Notes. 
While the Class A Notes are held in book-entry form, Class A Noteholders will
not have access to the list of Class A Noteholders of any Series, which may
impede the ability of Class A Noteholders to communicate with each other.  See
"Description of the Notes-Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Class A
Notes".

         The Pooling Agreement will not provide for any annual or other 
meetings of Noteholders.

Book-Entry Registration

         Holders of interests in Class A Notes (each, a "Class A Noteholder")
may only hold Class A Notes through DTC (in the United States) or Cedel Bank,
societe anonyme ("CEDEL"), or Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels (the "Euroclear Operator" or "Euroclear") (in Europe) if they are
participants of such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are
participants in such systems.

         Cede, as nominee for DTC, will be the registered holder of the global
Class A Notes.  No Class A Noteholder will be entitled to receive a certificate
representing such person's interest in the Class A Notes.  Unless and until
Definitive Notes representing the Class A Notes are issued under the limited
circumstances described below, all references herein to actions by Class A
Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its
Participants, and all references herein to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to Class A Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to Cede, as the registered holder of the Class A Notes,
for distribution to Class A Noteholders in accordance with DTC procedures.

         CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their
participants through customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's
names on the books of their respective Depositaries which in turn will hold
such positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on
the books of DTC.  Citibank, N.A. ("Citibank"), will act as depositary for
CEDEL and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan") will act as
depositary for Euroclear (in such capacities, the "Depositaries").

         Transfers between DTC participants will occur in accordance with DTC
rules.  Transfers between CEDEL participants and Euroclear participants will
occur in accordance with their applicable rules and operating procedures.

         Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL or
Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in accordance
with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system
by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require
delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system
by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and procedures
and within its established deadlines (European time).  The relevant European
<PAGE>
international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement
requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action to effect
final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC,
and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-
day funds settlement applicable to DTC.  CEDEL participants and Euroclear
participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.

         Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC participant will be
made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date.  Such credits or any transactions in
such securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL participant on such business day.  Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL participant
or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on
the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant CEDEL or
Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC. 
For information with respect to tax documentation procedures relating to the
Notes, see "Certain Federal Income Tax Matters--Non-United States Investors".

         DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the UCC and a "clearing agency" registered
pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.  DTC was created
to hold securities for its participating organizations ("Participants") and
facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between
Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its
Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates.  Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other
organizations.  Indirect access to the DTC system also is available to others
such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or
indirectly ("Indirect Participants").

         Class A Noteholders that are not Participants or Indirect Participants 
but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other
interests in, Class A Notes may do so only through Participants and Indirect
Participants.  In addition, Class A Noteholders will receive all distributions
of principal of and interest on the Class A Notes from the Applicable Indenture
Trustee (or a paying agent) through DTC and its Participants.  Under a
book-entry format, Class A Noteholders will receive payments after the related
Distribution Date because, while payments are required to be forwarded to Cede,
as nominee for DTC, on each such date, DTC will forward such payments to its
Participants which thereafter will be required to forward them to Indirect
Participants or Class A Noteholders.  It is anticipated that the only "Class A
Noteholder" (as such term is used in the Pooling Agreement and each Supplement)
will be Cede, as nominee of DTC, and that Class A Noteholders will not be
recognized by the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Applicable
Trustee as "Class A Noteholders" under the Pooling Agreement and related
Supplement.  Class A Noteholders will only be permitted to exercise the rights
of Class A Noteholders or to communicate with other Class A Noteholders under
the Pooling Agreement and each Supplement indirectly through DTC and its
Participants which in turn will exercise their rights through DTC.  While the
Class A Notes of a Series are held in book-entry form, Class A Noteholders will
not have access to the list of Class A Noteholders of such Series, which may
impede the ability of Class A Noteholders to communicate with each other.
<PAGE>
         Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Class A Notes and is
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and interest on
the Class A Notes.  Participants and Indirect Participants with which Class A
Noteholders have accounts with respect to the Class A Notes similarly are
required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments on
behalf of their respective Class A Noteholders.

         Because DTC can only act on behalf of Participants, which in turn act
on behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Class A
Noteholder to pledge Class A Notes to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such
Class A Notes, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for
such Class A Notes.

         DTC has advised the Seller that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Class A Noteholder under the Pooling Agreement or Supplements only
at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account with DTC the
Class A Notes are credited.  Additionally, DTC has advised the Seller that it
will take such actions with respect to specified percentages of the Class A
Noteholders only at the direction of and on behalf of Participants whose
holdings include principal amounts that satisfy such specified percentages. 
DTC may take conflicting actions with respect to other principal amounts of
Class A Notes to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of
Participants whose holdings include principal amounts.

         Distributions with respect to Class A Notes held through CEDEL or
Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL participants or
Euroclear participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will
be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws
and regulations.  See "Certain Federal Income Tax Matters".  CEDEL or the
Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a Class A Noteholder under the Pooling Agreement or the relevant
Supplement on behalf of a CEDEL participant or Euroclear participant only in
accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its
Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.

         Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Class A Notes among participants
of DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or
continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at
any time.

         Except as required by law, none of the Servicer, the Seller, the Issuer
Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Indenture Trustee will have any liability
for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of
beneficial ownership interests of Class A Notes of any Series held by DTC's
nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to
such beneficial ownership interests.

Definitive Class A Notes

         The Class A Notes of a Series will be issued in fully registered,
certificated form to Class A Noteholders or their respective nominees
("Definitive Class A Notes"), rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if (i)
<PAGE>
the Seller advises each Indenture Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer
willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as Depository with
respect to the Class A Notes, and the Issuer Trustee or the Seller is unable to
locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Seller, at its option, elects to
terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) after the occurrence of a
Servicer Default, Class A Noteholders of any Series evidencing not less than
50% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of such Series advise the Issuer Trustee
and DTC through Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry
system through DTC (or a successor thereto) is no longer in the best interests
of such Class A Noteholders.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately 
preceding paragraph, DTC is required to notify all Participants of the
availability through DTC of Definitive Class A Notes.  Upon surrender by DTC of
the definitive global certificates representing the Class A Notes and
instructions for re-registration, the Issuer Trustee will issue such Class A
Notes in the form of Definitive Class A Notes, and thereafter the Issuer
Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Class A Notes as "Class A
Noteholders" under the Pooling Agreement and the related Supplement
("Holders").

         If Definitive Class A Notes are issued, distribution of principal and
interest on the Definitive Class A Notes will be made by the paying agent or
the Applicable Indenture Trustee directly to the Holders in whose names the
Definitive Class A Notes were registered on the applicable Record Date in
accordance with the procedures set forth herein and in the Pooling Agreement
and the related Supplement.  Distributions will be made by check mailed to the
address of each Holder as it appears on the register maintained by the
Applicable Indenture Trustee, except that the final payment on any Definitive
Class A Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such
Definitive Class A Note on the date for such final payment at such office or
agency as is specified in the notice of final distribution to Holders.  The
Applicable Indenture Trustee will provide such notice to Holders not later than
the fifth day of the month of the final distribution.

         Definitive Class A Notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the
offices of the transfer agent and registrar, which shall initially be the
Applicable Indenture Trustee.  No service charge will be imposed for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the transfer agent and registrar may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge imposed in connection therewith.
<PAGE>
                         THE POOLING AGREEMENT GENERALLY

         The following is a summary of the material terms of the Pooling 
Agreement, the form of which was filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, and this summary is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Pooling Agreement.

The Non-Transferrable Notes

         The Pooling Agreement provides that the Seller shall at all times own 
(x) Class B Notes in an amount not less than 1% of the Aggregate Principal
Amount of all Class B Notes and (y) Class C Notes in an amount not less than
33.3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class C Notes (the Subordinated
Notes referred to in clauses (x) and (y), the "Non-Transferrable Notes").  In
addition, the Pooling Agreement provides that (i) Class C Notes held by the
original owner of such Notes (other than the Seller) may not be sold without
the consent of the Seller (in its unfettered discretion) and (ii) Class B Notes
held by any Person may not be sold without the consent of the Seller, provided,
that the Seller shall not withhold its consent to any such transfer of Class B
Notes described in this clause (ii) unless such transfer would, in the
reasonable opinion of the Seller, result in the Trust being deemed to be an
association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.  Any
sale, assignment, pledge or transfer in violation of the foregoing restrictions
shall be void, but any permitted assignment shall be recognized by the Issuer
Trustee upon written notice thereof.  

Termination of Trust

         Unless the Seller instructs the Issuer Trustee otherwise, the Trust
will terminate only on the earliest to occur of (i) the day following the day
on which the Aggregate Principal Amount of all Notes of all Series is zero
(provided, that the Seller shall have delivered a written notice to the Issuer
Trustee electing to terminate the Trust), (ii) December 31, 2015, or (iii) if
the Contracts are sold, disposed of or liquidated following the occurrence of
an Insolvency Event or Transfer Event as described under "Description of the
Notes--Events of Default", immediately following such sale, disposition or
liquidation (the "Trust Termination Date").  Upon termination of the Trust, all
right, title and interest in the Trust Assets (other than amounts in accounts
maintained by the Trust for the final payment of principal and interest to
Noteholders) will be conveyed and transferred to the Seller and any permitted
assignee.

Conveyance of Contracts

         The Equipment and Contracts, and security interests in the Equipment
and other Applicable Security, to be sold or contributed to the Trust by the
Seller (i), in the case of the Existing Contracts, have been acquired by the
Seller from Newcourt Financial USA Inc., one of the Financing Originators,
pursuant to the Original Purchase Agreement and (ii) in the case of all other
Contracts (including other Original Contracts), will be acquired by the Seller
from one or both of the Financing Originators pursuant to various purchase
agreements (each, a "Subsequent Purchase Agreement"; together with the Original
Purchase Agreement, the "Purchase Agreements"; the Purchase Agreement
applicable to any Transferred Assets or Financing Originator, the "Applicable
Purchase Agreement") to be entered into among the Seller, as transferee of the
Transferred Assets, and either or both of the Financing Originators, as
<PAGE>
transferors.  A form of Purchase Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.  

         Under the Original Purchase Agreement, Newcourt Financial USA Inc. has 
sold, and under a Subsequent Purchase Agreement dated as of the First Closing
Date, Newcourt Financial USA Inc. will sell, to the Seller, to the extent of
such Financing Originator's interest therein, (i) the Existing Contracts (and
certain additional Contracts which were repurchased by Newcourt Financial USA
Inc. prior to the First Closing Date) and its interest in any related Equipment
and Applicable Security as of February 29, 1996 (such date being the Cutoff
Date for such Contracts) and (ii) the proceeds thereof (except Excluded
Amounts).  Under each Subsequent Purchase Agreement entered into in connection
with the issuance of additional Series, the Financing Originators party thereto
will agree to sell to the Seller, to the extent of such Financing Originator's
interest therein, (i) any Additional Contracts and its interest in any related
Equipment and Applicable Security as of the related Cutoff Date and (ii) the
proceeds of all of the foregoing (except Excluded Amounts).  In connection with
the Pooling Agreement, such interests in the related Contracts, the Equipment,
the Applicable Security and the proceeds thereof will then be sold by the
Seller to the Trust and a lien thereon will be granted by the Trust in favor of
the Collateral Agent, and the Seller will assign its rights in, to and under
each Purchase Agreement with respect to the Contracts and Equipment and
Applicable Security to the Trust and the Trust will assign such rights to the
Collateral Agent.  The following summary describes the material terms of the
Purchase Agreements, but is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
applicable Purchase Agreement.

         Pursuant to the Original Purchase Agreement, Newcourt Financial USA
Inc. has sold, transferred, assigned, set over and otherwise conveyed, and
pursuant to each Subsequent Purchase Agreement each Financing Originator party
thereto will sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the
Seller, without recourse (except as expressly set forth in such Purchase
Agreement) all of such Financing Originator's right, title and interest in and
to (i) specified Original Contracts and/or specified Additional Contracts and
all monies due or to become due in payment of such Contracts on or after the
related Cutoff Date, including all Scheduled Payments thereunder due on or
after such related Cutoff Date, any Prepayment Amounts, any payments in respect
of a casualty or early termination, and any Recoveries received with respect
thereto but excluding any Scheduled Payments due prior to the related Cutoff
Date or any Excluded Amounts, (ii) the related Equipment and, in the case of
any Vendor Note, Applicable Security, including all proceeds from any sale or
other disposition of such Equipment or Applicable Security, (iii) any documents
delivered to the Seller or held by the Servicer on its behalf with respect to
each such Contract (the "Contract Files"), (iv) all payments made or to be made
in the future with respect to each such Contract and the Vendor thereunder
under any Vendor Agreements with such Financing Originator and under any other
guarantee or similar credit enhancement with respect to such Contracts, (v) all
payments made with respect to each such Contract under any insurance policy
covering physical damage to the related Equipment (the "Insurance Proceeds")
and (vi) all income and proceeds of the foregoing (the foregoing are referred
to collectively as the "Transferred Assets").  As of the related Cutoff Date
the Seller will transfer and assign, among other things, the Transferred Assets
to the Trust for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Trust will grant a lien
on such Transferred Assets in favor of the Collateral Agent, pursuant to the
Pooling Agreement.  The Original Contracts and any Additional Contracts will be
described on the list of Contracts attached to the related Supplement.
<PAGE>
         Newcourt, as Servicer under the Pooling Agreement, will retain custody
of (but not title to) the Contracts, the Contract Files and any related
evidence of insurance payments, Scheduled Payments and any other similar
payments under the Contracts, except for any Contracts which are Instruments,
as described below under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts" or certain of
the Contracts to be held by the Collateral Agent or other Custodian.  Prior to
each conveyance of Contracts to the Seller, each selling Financing Originator
and Newcourt has caused (in the case of the Contracts sold under the Original
Purchase Agreement) or will cause its computer accounting system to be marked
to show that the Contracts transferred thereunder have been conveyed to the
Seller, and prior to each transfer of any Trust Assets to the Trust pursuant to
the Pooling Agreement each Financing Originator or the Seller, as appropriate,
will file (i) UCC financing statements reflecting (A) the conveyance of the
Transferred Assets to the Seller, (B) each sale of Trust Assets to the Trust
pursuant to the Pooling Agreement and (C) the grant of a lien thereon in favor
of the Collateral Agent (except that financing statements will be filed with
respect to each conveyance of an interest in Equipment to the Seller by each
Financing Originator and each sale of an interest in Equipment to the Trust by
the Seller and each transfer of an interest in Equipment to the Collateral
Agent by the Trust, in each case, to the extent the same may be viewed as
inventory of such Financing Originator, the Seller and the Trust, respectively)
and (ii) a filing under the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) reflecting
(A) each sale of Trust Assets to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling Agreement
and (B) the grant of a lien thereon in favor of the Collateral Agent.  Each
Financing Originator and the Seller will mark its books and records, including
the appropriate computer files relating to the Contracts, to indicate that all
interests in the Contracts have been conveyed (i) to the Seller (ii) by the
Seller to the Trust and (iii) by the Trust to the Collateral Agent.  See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

Representations and Warranties

         Except as described below, Newcourt Financial USA Inc. has made certain
representations and warranties in the Original Purchase Agreement with respect
to the Contracts transferred thereunder as of the Cutoff Date, and each
Financing Originator will make certain representations and warranties in each
Subsequent Purchase Agreement to which it is a party with respect to each
Additional Contract transferred by it as of the related Cutoff Date, including
that:  (i) the information with respect to the Contract, any Secondary Contract
securing the obligations under such Contract, and the Equipment, if any,
subject to the Contract delivered under the Applicable Purchase Agreement is
true and correct in all material respects; (ii) immediately prior to the
transfer of a Contract and any related Equipment (or security interest therein)
or Applicable Security (or security interest therein) to the Seller, such
Contract was owned by such Financing Originator free and clear of any adverse
claim (other than with respect to any Residual Investment (other than a
Guaranteed Residual Investment) or related Subordinated Residual Investment);
(iii) the Contract did not have a Scheduled Payment that was a delinquent
payment for more than 60 days, and the Contract is not otherwise a Defaulted
Contract; (iv) no provision of the Contract has been waived, altered or
modified in any respect, except by instruments or documents contained in the
Contract File (other than payment delinquencies permitted under clause (iii)
above); (v) the Contract is a valid and binding payment obligation of the
Obligor and is enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may be
limited by applicable insolvency, bankruptcy, moratorium, reorganization, or
other similar laws affecting enforceability of creditors' rights generally and
the availability of equitable remedies); (vi) the Contract is not and will not
<PAGE>
be subject to rights of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense and, to
such Financing Originator's knowledge, no such rights have been asserted or
threatened with respect to the Contract; (vii) the Contract, at the time it was
made, did not violate the laws of the United States or any state, except for
any such violations which do not materially and adversely affect the
collectibility of the Contracts in the Contract Pool taken as a whole; (viii)
(x) the Contract and any related Equipment have not been sold, transferred,
assigned or pledged by such Financing Originator to any other person (other
than the sale of the Equipment to the End-User in connection with CSAs, Secured
Notes and "non-true leases" and other than the Residual Investment, if any
(other than a Guaranteed Residual Investment), and any related Subordinated
Residual Interest) and, with respect to a Contract which is a "true lease", any
Equipment related to such true lease is free and clear of any liens or
encumbrances of any third parties (except for Permitted Liens) and (y) either
(A) such Contract is secured by a fully perfected Lien of the first priority on
the related Equipment or, in the case of any Vendor Note, related Applicable
Security or (B) in the case of a Contract secured by vehicle(s) subject to
state certificate of title statutes, either (1) within 30 calendar days of the
origination or acquisition of such Contract by such Financing Originator an
application was filed in the appropriate state office to note such Financing
Originator's interest on the certificate of title for such vehicle and such
interest will be so noted within 180 days of such acquisition or origination or
(2) a certificate of title on which the Financing Originators' interest has
been noted has been obtained; (ix) if the Contract constitutes either an
"instrument" or "chattel paper" for purposes of the UCC, there is not more than
one "secured party's original" counterpart of the Contract; (x) all filings
necessary to evidence the conveyance or transfer of the Contract to the Seller
have been made in all appropriate jurisdictions; (xi) the Obligor is not to
such Financing Originator's knowledge, subject to bankruptcy or other
insolvency proceedings; (xii) the Obligor's billing address is in the United
States and the Contract is a U.S. dollar-denominated obligation; (xiii) the
Contract does not require the prior written consent of an Obligor or contain
any other restriction on the transfer or assignment of the Contract (other than
a consent or waiver of such restriction that has been obtained prior to the
Closing Date, with respect to an Original Contract, or the Addition Date, with
respect to an Additional Contract); (xiv) either (A) the obligations of the
related Obligor under such Contract are irrevocable and unconditional and non-
cancelable or (B) with respect to certain Leases with Lessees that are
governmental entities or municipalities, if such Lease is cancelled in
accordance with its terms, either (1) the Vendor which assigned such Lease to a
Financing Originator is unconditionally obligated to repurchase such Lease from
such Financing Originator for a purchase price not less than the Discounted
Contract Balance of such Lease (as of the date of purchase) plus interest
thereon at the weighted average of the Series Discount Rates through the
Distribution Date following such date of repurchase or (2) pursuant to the
Applicable Purchase Agreement, the Financing Originator which sold such Lease
to the Seller has indemnified the Seller against such cancellation in an amount
equal to the Discounted Contract Balance of such Lease (as of the date of
purchase) plus interest thereon at the weighted average of the Series Discount
Rates through the Distribution Date following such cancellation less any
amounts paid by the Vendor pursuant to clause (1); (xv) the Contract has an
original maturity of not greater than the term specified in the Pooling
Agreement; (xvi) no adverse selection procedure was used in selecting the
Contract for transfer; (xvii) the Obligor under the Contract is required to
maintain casualty insurance with respect to the related Equipment or to self-
insure against casualty with respect to the related Equipment in accordance
with the Servicer's normal requirements; (xviii) the Contract constitutes
<PAGE>
chattel paper, an account, an instrument or a general intangible as defined
under the UCC; (xix) no Lease is a "consumer lease" as defined in Section
2A-103(1)(e) of the UCC; (xx) each Lessee has represented to such Financing
Originator or the Vendor that it has accepted the related Equipment and that it
has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect and test such Equipment and such
Financing Originator has not been notified of any defects therein; (xxi) the
Contract is not subject to any guarantee by Newcourt nor has such Financing
Originator established any specific credit reserve with respect to the related
Obligor; (xxii) each Lease is a "triple net lease" under which the Obligor is
responsible for the maintenance of the related Equipment in accordance with
general industry standards applicable to such item of Equipment; (xxiii) each
Vendor Note is secured by an Eligible Secondary Contract having an aggregate
Discounted Contract Balance for such Eligible Secondary Contract equal to the
outstanding principal amount of such Vendor Note (and assuming the interest
rate specified in such Vendor Note is the "Series Discount Rate" for purposes
of calculating such Discounted Contract Balance); (xxiv) no provision of such
Contract provides for a Prepayment Amount less than the amount calculated in
accordance with the definition thereof (unless otherwise indemnified by the
Vendor or the Financing Originator in an amount equal to the excess of the
"Prepayment Amount" as calculated in accordance with the definition thereof
over the amount otherwise payable upon a prepayment under such Contract) and
(xxv) such other criteria with respect to Additional Contracts as are specified
in a Supplement.  The foregoing representations and warranties, as appropriate,
will be reaffirmed by each Financing Originator with respect to any Additional
Contract transferred by it to the Seller.  A Contract which satisfies all of
the above representations and warranties shall be termed an "Eligible Contract"
and Contracts with respect to which the representations in clauses (iii), (xv)
and (xxiv) are not true shall also be Eligible Contracts if the Seller shall
have received confirmation from each Rating Agency that the discrepancy will
not result in a Ratings Effect.  In addition, each Financing Originator will
represent and warrant to the Seller that the conveyance pursuant to the
Applicable Purchase Agreement constitutes a valid sale and assignment to the
Seller of all right, title and interest of such Financing Originator in the
related Contracts (other than any Residual Investment that is not a Guaranteed
Residual Investment), whether then existing or thereafter created, and the
proceeds thereof, which is effective (i) as to each Existing Contract
transferred under the Original Purchase Agreement, as of the date of execution
of such agreement, (ii) as to each Additional Contract included within the
Original Contracts, as of the First Closing Date and (iii) as to each
Additional Contract as of the related Addition Date.  As used above, "Permitted
Liens" shall mean (a) with respect to Contracts in the Contract Pool:  (i)
liens for state, municipal or other local taxes if such taxes shall not at the
time be due and payable or if the Seller shall currently be contesting the
validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set
aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto, (ii) liens in favor
of the Seller created pursuant to a Purchase Agreement and transferred to the
Issuer Trustee pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, (iii) liens in favor of the
Issuer Trustee created pursuant to the Pooling Agreement and (iv) liens in
favor of the Collateral Agent created pursuant to the Pooling Agreement; and
(b) with respect to the related Equipment:  (i) materialmen's, warehousemen's,
mechanics' and other liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course
of business for sums not due, (ii) liens for state, municipal or other local
taxes if such taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Seller
shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with
respect thereto, (iii) liens in favor of the Seller created pursuant to a
Purchase Agreement and transferred to the Issuer Trustee pursuant to the
<PAGE>
Pooling Agreement, (iv) liens in favor of the Issuer Trustee created pursuant
to the Pooling Agreement; (v) liens in favor of the Collateral Agent created
pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, (vi) Subordinated Residual Investments,
(vii) other subordinated liens which are subordinated to the prior payment of
the Notes on terms described in the Pooling Agreement and (viii) liens granted
by the End-Users or Vendors which are subordinated to the interest of the Trust
in such Equipment.

         In addition to the foregoing, each Financing Originator party thereto
has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will represent and warrant in
each Applicable Purchase Agreement with respect to each Secondary Contract
securing a Vendor Note transferred by it under such Applicable Purchase
Agreement as of the related Cutoff Date (unless otherwise indicated), among
other things, (i) that each such Secondary Contract satisfies the
representations set forth in the preceding paragraph (other than the
representations set forth in clauses (ii), (viii) (with respect to ownership by
the Financing Originator of the Contract) and (xxiii), and except that the term
"Obligor" shall be deemed to be "End-User" in all such representations), (ii)
that such Financing Originator holds a duly perfected lien of the first
priority on such Secondary Contract and (iii) that the transfer of such
Financing Originator's security interest in such Secondary Contract and the
proceeds thereof to the Seller is effective to create in favor of the Seller a
lien thereon and that such lien has been duly perfected (Secondary Contracts
which satisfy all of the foregoing representations shall be termed "Eligible
Secondary Contracts").

         The Seller will represent and warrant in the Pooling Agreement, among
other things, (i) that the transfer of the related Contracts, whether then
existing or thereafter created, and the proceeds thereof is a valid sale,
transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the
Seller therein and that all filings necessary to evidence the conveyance or
transfer of the Contracts to the Trust have been made in all appropriate
jurisdictions; (ii) that each Contract transferred by it to the Trust is an
"Eligible Contract"; (iii) that each Secondary Contract (or interest therein)
transferred by it to the Trust is an "Eligible Secondary Contract"; (iv) that
the security interest granted on the related Contracts, whether then existing
or thereafter created, and the proceeds thereof by the Trust to the Collateral
Agent is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent a lien thereon
and that such lien has been duly perfected; (v) that the Seller holds a duly
perfected lien of the first priority on each Secondary Contract and (vi) that
the transfer of the Seller's security interest in each Secondary Contract and
the proceeds thereof by the Trust to the Collateral Agent is effective to
create in favor of the Collateral Agent a lien thereon and that such lien has
been duly perfected.

         None of the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustees, the Trust, the
Issuer Trustee or Chemical Bank Delaware, in its individual capacity (in such
capacity, the "Trust Company"), shall make or be deemed to have made any
representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the Trust Assets
or the transfers thereof by the Financing Originators, the Seller or the Trust.

         Under the terms of each Purchase Agreement and the Pooling Agreement,
each Original Contract and each Additional Contract must be an Eligible
Contract.  The Collateral Agent shall reassign to the Seller and the applicable
Financing Originator will be obligated to purchase from the Seller any Original
Contract or Additional Contract transferred by it and any interest in Equipment
transferred that is subject to such Contract no later than 90 days after such
<PAGE>
Financing Originator becomes aware, or receives written notice from the
Servicer or the Seller, of the breach of any representation or warranty made by
such Financing Originator in the Applicable Purchase Agreement that materially
adversely affects the interests of the Seller or the Issuer Trustee or their
successors or assigns in any Original Contract, Additional Contract or the
related Contract File, which breach has not been cured or waived in all
material respects (an "Ineligible Contract").  This purchase obligation will
constitute the sole remedy against the Financing Originators available to the
Seller, the Collateral Agent, each Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders for a
breach of a representation or warranty under a Purchase Agreement made by the
Financing Originator party thereto with respect to an Original Contract or
Additional Contract. This purchase obligation also will constitute the sole
remedy against the Seller available to the Collateral Agent, each Indenture
Trustee and the Noteholders for a breach of a representation or warranty under
the Pooling Agreement made by the Seller with respect to an Original Contract
or Additional Contract.

         Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, an Ineligible Contract shall be
reassigned to the Seller and the Seller shall make a deposit in the Collection
Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the sum of the
Discounted Contract Balance of the Ineligible Contract (utilizing, for purposes
of calculating the Discounted Contract Balance, the Discount Rate at the time
such Ineligible Contract was transferred to the Trust) and any outstanding
Servicer Advances thereon.  Any amount deposited into the Collection Account in
connection with the reassignment of an Ineligible Contract (the amount of such
deposit being referred to herein as a "Transfer Deposit Amount") shall be
considered payment in full of the Ineligible Contract.  Any such Transfer
Deposit Amount shall be treated as an Available Amount.

Concentration Amounts

         In addition to the representations and warranties made by the Financing
Originators and the Seller with respect to the Contracts as described above
under "--Representations and Warranties", the Seller will represent and warrant
as of each Cutoff Date as follows, and it will be a condition to the addition
of any Additional Contracts that, after giving effect thereto, the following
representations and warranties shall be true and correct:

         (i) the ADCB of all End-User Contracts with Obligors that are
         governmental entities or municipalities does not exceed 1% of the ADCB
         of the Contract Pool; 

         (ii) the ADCB of all End-User Contracts which finance, lease or are
         related to Software will not exceed 20% of the ADCB of the Contract
         Pool; 

         (iii) the aggregate principal amount of Guaranteed Residual Investments
         included in the Contract Pool will not exceed 5% of the ADCB of the
         Contract Pool; and                          

         (iv) in the Seller's reasonable judgment, the Discounted Contract
         Balance of End-User Contracts in the Contract Pool that are "true
         leases" does not exceed 10% of the ADCB of the Contract Pool.
 
         The Collateral Agent shall reassign to the Seller and the applicable
Financing Originator will be obligated to purchase from the Seller any Original
Contract or Additional Contract transferred by it (and any related Equipment or
<PAGE>
Applicable Security) (an "Excess Contract") selected by the Servicer at such
time as there is a breach of any of the foregoing representations or
warranties, which breach has not been cured or waived in all material respects,
the removal of which shall remedy such breach.  Such purchase shall occur no
later than 90 days after the Seller or such Financing Originator becomes aware,
or receives written notice from the Servicer or the Seller, of such breach. 
This purchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy against the Financing
Originators available to the Seller, the Collateral Agent, each Indenture
Trustee and the Noteholders for a breach of one of the foregoing 
representations or warranties.  

         Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, an Excess Contract shall be
reassigned to the Seller and the Seller shall make a deposit in the Collection
Account in immediately available funds in an amount (an "Excess Concentration
Amount") equal to the sum of the Discounted Contract Balance of the Excess
Contract (together with accrued interest thereon at the weighted average of the
Series Discount Rates) and any outstanding Servicer Advances thereon.  Any
amount deposited into the Collection Account in connection with the
reassignment of an Excess Contract shall be considered payment in full of the
Ineligible Contract.  Any such amount shall be considered a Transfer Deposit
Amount and shall be treated as an Available Amount.

Indemnification

         The Pooling Agreement provides that the Servicer will indemnify the
Seller, the Trust, the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent and each Indenture
Trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury
suffered or sustained arising out of the Servicer's actions or omissions with
respect to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.  Pursuant to the
Pooling Agreement, the Servicer, irrevocably and unconditionally, (i) submits
for itself and its property in any legal action arising out of the Pooling
Agreement and the other Operative Documents, to the nonexclusive general
jurisdiction of the courts of the United States of America for the Southern
District of New York, and appellate courts therefrom and (ii) waives any
objection it may have that any action therein was brought in an inconvenient
court.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a court may determine, on its own
motion, that an action brought against the Servicer in any such court was
brought in an inconvenient forum.

         Under the Pooling Agreement, the Seller has agreed to be liable
directly to an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder in the
capacity of an investor in the Notes of any Series) arising out of or based on
the arrangement created by the Pooling Agreement as though such agreement
created a partnership under the New York Uniform Limited Partnership Act in
which the Seller was a general partner.  In the event of a Service Transfer,
the successor Servicer will indemnify and hold harmless the Seller for any
losses, claims, damages and liabilities of the Seller as described in this
paragraph arising from the actions or omissions of such successor Servicer.

         Except as provided in the two preceding paragraphs, the Pooling
Agreement provides that none of the Seller, the Servicer or any of their
directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any other liability to
the Trust, the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustees,
the holders of Notes of any Series, any provider of Credit Enhancement or any
other person for any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action, in
good faith pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.  However, none of the Seller, the
<PAGE>
Servicer or any of their directors, officers, employees or agents will be
protected against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of
willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of any such person in the
performance of their duties or by reason of reckless disregard of their
obligations and duties thereunder.

         In addition, the Pooling Agreement provides that the Servicer is not
under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which
is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under the Pooling
Agreement.  The Servicer may, in its sole discretion, undertake any such legal
action which it may deem necessary or desirable for the benefit of holders of
Notes of any Series with respect to the Pooling Agreement and the rights and
duties of the parties thereto and the interest of Noteholders thereunder.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

         Pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, the Servicer is responsible for
servicing, collecting, enforcing and administering the Contracts in accordance
with its customary and usual procedures for servicing contracts comparable to
the Contracts.  See "Credit and Contract Servicing Procedures--Contract
Collections".

         The Servicer pursuant to the Pooling Agreement also may advance 
Scheduled Payments with respect to any Contract (a "Servicer Advance") which
were due in a Collection Period and were not received and identified to a
Contract by the close of business on the Determination Date, to the extent that
the Servicer, in its sole discretion, expects to recover the Servicer Advance
from subsequent payments on or with respect to the Contract.  The Servicer
shall be entitled to reimbursement of Servicer Advances from subsequent
payments on or with respect to the Contract, including collections of any
Prepayment Amount, Transfer Deposit Amount or Recoveries with respect to such
Contract, and, if the Servicer determines that Servicer Advances will not be
recovered from the Contracts to which the Servicer Advances were related, from
other Contracts included in the Trust, the Reserve Account or, unless otherwise
provided in a Prospectus Supplement, other Credit Enhancement.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

         The Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the
Pooling Agreement, except upon determination that such duties are no longer
permissible under applicable law.  No such resignation will become effective
until the Collateral Agent or a successor to the Servicer has assumed the
Servicer's responsibilities and obligations under the Pooling Agreement.  

         Any person into which, in accordance with the Pooling Agreement,
Newcourt or the Servicer may be merged or consolidated or any person resulting
from any merger or consolidation to which Newcourt or the Servicer is a party,
or any person succeeding to the business of Newcourt or the Servicer, will be
the successor to Newcourt, as servicer, or the Servicer, as the case may be,
under the Pooling Agreement.

Servicer Default

         In the event of any Servicer Default, either the Collateral Agent or
the Controlling Party, by written notice to the Servicer and the Issuer Trustee
(and to the Collateral Agent and certain providers of Credit Enhancement, if
<PAGE>
given by the Noteholders) (a "Termination Notice"), may terminate all of the
rights and obligations of the Servicer, as servicer, under the Pooling
Agreement.  If the Collateral Agent within 60 days of receipt of a Termination
Notice is unable to obtain any bids from eligible Servicers and the Servicer
delivers an officer's certificate to the effect that the Servicer cannot in
good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to the Termination Notice,
then the Collateral Agent shall offer the Seller the right at its option to
accept retransfer of the Trust Assets.  The purchase price for such a
retransfer shall be equal to the sum of the Aggregate Principal Amount of all
Series on such Distribution Date plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at
the applicable certificate rate (together with, if applicable, interest on
interest amounts that were due and not paid on a prior date), through the date
of such retransfer. 

         The Collateral Agent shall, as promptly as possible after giving a
Termination Notice, appoint a successor Servicer (a "Service Transfer"), and if
no successor Servicer has been appointed by the Collateral Agent and has
accepted such appointment by the time the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer,
all rights, authority, power and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling
Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Collateral Agent.  Prior to any
Service Transfer, the Collateral Agent will seek to obtain bids from potential
Servicers meeting certain eligibility requirements set forth in the Pooling
Agreement to serve as a successor Servicer for servicing compensation not in
excess of the Servicing Fee.  The rights and interest of the Seller under the
Pooling Agreement and any Supplement as holder of certain Partnership Notes and
as holder of the beneficial interest in the Trust will not be affected by any
Termination Notice or Service Transfer.

         A "Servicer Default" refers to any of the following events:

                 (a)  any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer
         or deposit or to give instructions or notice to the Issuer Trustee or
         the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pooling Agreement or any
         Supplement or to make any required drawing, withdrawal, or payment
         under any Credit Enhancement, or to deliver any Monthly Report on or
         before the date occurring two business days after the date such
         payment, transfer, deposit, withdrawal or drawing, or such instruction
         or notice or report is required to be made or given, as the case may
         be, under the terms of this Agreement; or 

                 (b)  failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or
         perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of
         the Servicer set forth in the Pooling Agreement or any Supplement which
         has a material adverse effect on the Noteholders, which continues 
         unremedied for a period of 30 days after the first to occur of (i) the 
         date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be
         remedied shall have been given to the Servicer by the Collateral Agent,
         or to the Servicer and the Collateral Agent by the Noteholders or the
         Applicable Indenture Trustee on behalf of such Noteholders of Notes
         aggregating not less than 25% of the Principal Amount of any Series
         adversely affected thereby and (ii) the date on which the Servicer
         becomes aware thereof and such failure continues to materially
         adversely affect such Noteholders for such period; or 

                 (c)  any representation, warranty or certification made by the
         Servicer in the Pooling Agreement or any Supplement or in any
         certificate delivered pursuant to the Pooling Agreement or any
<PAGE>
         Supplement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a
         material adverse effect on the Noteholders and which continues to be
         incorrect in any material respect for a period of 30 days after the
         first to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such 
         incorrectness requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given
         to the Servicer and the Issuer Trustee by the Collateral Agent, or to
         the Servicer, the Issuer Trustee and the Collateral Agent by
         Noteholders or by the Applicable Indenture Trustee on behalf of
         Noteholders of Notes aggregating not less than 25% of the Principal
         Amount of any Series adversely affected thereby and (ii) the date on
         which the Servicer becomes aware thereof, and such incorrectness
         continues to materially adversely affect such Holders for such period;

                 (d)  an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the
         Servicer; or                      

                 (e)  the Servicer delegates any of its duties except to the
         extent such delegation is permitted under the Pooling Agreement and  
         such delegation continues unremedied for 15 days.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance 
referred to under clause (a) above for a period of five business days or
referred to under clause (b), (c)  or (e) for a period of 60 days (in addition
to any period provided in (a), (b), (c) or (e)) shall not constitute a Servicer
Default until the expiration of such additional five business days or 60 days,
respectively, if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise
of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure was caused by
an act of God or other similar occurrences.  Upon the occurrence of any such
event the Servicer shall not be relieved from using its best efforts to perform
its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of the Pooling
Agreement and any related Supplement and the Servicer shall provide the Issuer
Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Seller and certain providers of Credit
Enhancement prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a
description of its efforts to so perform its obligations.  The Servicer shall
immediately notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any Servicer Default.

Evidence as to Compliance

         The Pooling Agreement provides that on or before March 31 of each
calendar year the Servicer will cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the
Servicer or the Seller) to furnish a report to the effect that such firm has
applied certain procedures agreed upon with the Servicer and examined certain
documents and records relating to the servicing of the related Contracts and
that, on the basis of such procedures, nothing came to the attention of such
firm that caused them to believe that such servicing was not conducted in
compliance with the Pooling Agreement and the applicable provisions of each
Supplement except for such exceptions or errors as such firm shall believe to
be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such
statement.

         The Pooling Agreement provides for delivery to the each Indenture
Trustee, each Rating Agency and certain providers of Credit Enhancement on or
before March 31 of each calendar year of a statement signed by an officer of
the Servicer to the effect that, to the best of such officer's knowledge, the
Servicer has performed its obligations in all material respects under the
<PAGE>
Pooling Agreement throughout the preceding year or, if there has been a default
in the performance of any such obligation, specifying the nature and status of
the default.

         Copies of all statements, certificates and reports furnished to the
Applicable Trustee may be obtained by a request in writing delivered to the
Applicable Trustee.

Amendments

         The Pooling Agreement may be amended from time to time by agreement of
the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Seller without the consent of
the Noteholders of any Series (or any Indenture Trustee) or the consent of the
provider of any Credit Enhancement (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to add any
consistent provisions; provided, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of
any Noteholder. 

         The Pooling Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
Seller, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Issuer Trustee with the
consent of the Noteholders holding Notes evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of
the Principal Amount of each and every Series of Notes for the purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of the Pooling Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
Noteholders.  No such amendment, however, may 

         (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
         distributions which are required to be made on any Note of a Series
         without, the consent of each Noteholder, as applicable, affected
         thereby; 

         (ii) change the definition of (or that of any definition included 
         within the definition of) or the manner of calculating the "Applicable
         Class Percentage", the "Controlling Party", the "Class A Principal
         Payment Amount", the "Class B Principal Payment Amount", the "Class C
         Principal Payment Amount", the "Discounted Contract Balance", the
         "Principal Amount", the "Series Available Amount" or the "Series
         Allocation Percentage" without the consent of each Noteholder; or 

         (iii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such
         amendment without the consent of each Noteholder; or

         (iv)  modify, amend or supplement the provisions of the Pooling
         Agreement relating to the allocation of Available Amounts (see
         "Description of the Notes--Allocations") or transfers of the Non-
         Transferable Notes without the consent of each Noteholder; or

         (v)  make any Note payable in money other than Dollars without the
         consent of each Noteholder.

Promptly following the execution of any such amendment (other than an amendment
described in the preceding paragraph), the Issuer Trustee will furnish written
notice of the substance of such amendment to each affected Noteholder.
<PAGE>
The Issuer Trustee

         Chemical Bank Delaware will be the Issuer Trustee under the Pooling
Agreement.  Newcourt and its affiliates may from time to time enter into
banking and trustee relationships with the Issuer Trustee and its affiliates. 
Newcourt and its affiliates may hold Notes in their own names; however, any
Notes so held shall not be entitled to participate in any decisions made or
instructions given to the Issuer Trustee by the Noteholders as a group.  The
Issuer Trustee's address is 1201 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801,
Attention: Trust Department.

         For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in
which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Issuer
Trustee will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all
or any part of the Trust Assets.  To the extent permitted by law, all rights,
powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Issuer Trustee
will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by such Issuer
Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any
jurisdiction in which such Issuer Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to
perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who shall
exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the
direction of the Issuer Trustee.

         The Issuer Trustee may resign at any time, in which event a successor
Issuer Trustee will be appointed as provided in the Pooling Agreement.  The
Servicer may also remove the Issuer Trustee if such Issuer Trustee ceases to be
eligible to continue as such under the Pooling Agreement.  In such
circumstances, a successor Issuer Trustee will be appointed as provided in the
Pooling Agreement.  Any resignation or removal of the Issuer Trustee and
appointment of a successor Issuer Trustee does not become effective until
acceptance of the appointment by the successor Issuer Trustee.

The Collateral Agent

         Fleet National Bank will be the Collateral Agent under the Pooling
Agreement.  Newcourt and its affiliates may from time to time enter into
banking and trustee relationships with the Collateral Agent and its affiliates. 
Newcourt and its affiliates may hold Notes in their own names; however, any
Notes so held shall not be entitled to participate in any decisions made or
instructions given to the Collateral Agent by the Noteholders as a group.  The
Collateral Agent's address is 777 Main Street, 11th Floor, Hartford,
Connecticut 06115, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

         For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in
which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, the Collateral
Agent will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all or
any part of the Trust Assets.  To the extent permitted by law, all rights,
powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Collateral Agent
will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by such Collateral
Agent and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction
in which such Collateral Agent will be incompetent or unqualified to perform
certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who shall
exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the
direction of the Collateral Agent.

         The Collateral Agent may resign at any time, in which event a successor
Collateral Agent will be appointed as provided in the Pooling Agreement.  The
<PAGE>
Servicer may also remove the Collateral Agent if such Collateral Agent ceases
to be eligible to continue as such under the Pooling Agreement.  In such
circumstances, a successor Collateral Agent will be appointed as provided in
the Pooling Agreement.  Any resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent and
appointment of a successor Collateral Agent does not become effective until
acceptance of the appointment by the successor Collateral Agent.
<PAGE>
                                 THE INDENTURES

General

         Each Series of Class A Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture
among the Issuer Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee
specified in the Prospectus Supplement related to the issuance of such Notes. 
Pursuant to the related Supplement the Indenture Trustee will obtain the
benefits of the Pooling Agreement for itself and the Noteholders represented
thereby.  As used in this section of this Prospectus, "Class A Notes" shall
refer only to the Class A Notes issued under the Applicable Indenture and
"Indenture Trustee" shall refer to the Applicable Indenture Trustee thereunder.

Payments of Principal and Interest

         Pursuant to each Applicable Indenture, each payment received by the
Indenture Trustee as described above under "Description of the Notes--
Allocations; Prior to an Event of Default" shall be promptly distributed in the
following order of priority:

                 first, so much of such installment or payment as shall be
         required to pay in full the aggregate amount of interest then due on or
         in respect of the Class A Notes shall be distributed to the Class A
         Noteholders ratably, without priority of any one Class A Note over any
         other Class A Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all
         accrued but unpaid interest to the date of distribution on each Class A
         Note bears to the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest
         to the date of distribution on all Class A Notes; and

                 second, the balance, if any, of such installment or payment
         remaining thereafter shall be distributed ratably to the Class A
         Noteholders to pay in full the aggregate amount of the Class A
         Principal Payment then due pursuant to or in respect of the Class A
         Notes, without priority of any one Class A Note over any other Class A
         Note, in the proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
         each Class A Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
         Class A Notes.

         Pursuant to each Applicable Indenture, each payment received by the 
Indenture Trustee as described above under "Description of the Notes--
Allocations; Following an Event of Default" shall be promptly distributed in
the following order of priority:

                 first, so much of such payment as shall be required to
         reimburse the Indenture Trustee for any tax, expense, charge or other
         loss incurred by the Indenture Trustee (to the extent not previously
         reimbursed), (including, without limitation, the expense of sale,
         taking or other proceeding, attorneys' fees and expenses, court costs,
         and any other expenditures incurred or expenditures or advances made by
         the Indenture Trustee in the protection, exercise or enforcement of any
         right, power or remedy or any damages sustained by the Indenture
         Trustee, liquidated or otherwise, upon the Indenture Event of Default
         giving rise to such expenditures or advances) shall be applied by the
         Indenture Trustee in reimbursement of such expenses;

                 second, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required
         to reimburse the Noteholders in full for certain indemnity payments, if
<PAGE>
         any, made by such Noteholders to the Indenture Trustee (to the extent 
         not previously reimbursed) shall be distributed to the Noteholders,
         and, if the aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient to
         reimburse all such payments in full, it shall be distributed ratably,
         without priority of any Noteholder over any other, in the proportion
         that the aggregate amount of such unreimbursed indemnity payments made
         by each such Noteholder bears to the aggregate amount of such
         unreimbursed indemnity payments made by all Noteholders;

                 third, so much of such payment remaining as shall be required
         to pay in full the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest
         to the date of distribution on the Class A Notes shall be distributed
         to the Noteholders, and, if the aggregate amount remaining shall be
         insufficient to pay all such amounts in full, it shall be distributed
         ratably, without priority of any one Class A Note over any other Class
         A Note, in the proportion that the aggregate amount of all accrued but
         unpaid interest to the date of distribution on each Class A Note bears 
         to the aggregate amount of all accrued but unpaid interest to the date
         of distribution on all Class A Notes; and

                 fourth, the balance, if any, of such payment remaining
         thereafter shall be distributed to the Noteholders in order to pay in
         full the outstanding aggregate amount of principal of the Class A
         Notes, and if the aggregate amount remaining shall be insufficient to
         pay all such amounts in full, it shall be distributed ratably, without
         priority of any one Class A Note over any other Class A Note, in the
         proportion that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Class A
         Note bears to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Class A
         Notes.

Events of Default and Restricting Events; Remedies

         Events of Default and Restricting Events under an Applicable Indenture
shall include each of the Events of Default and Restricting Events,
respectively, specified in the Pooling Agreement together with such additional
Events of Default and/or Restricting Events as shall be specified in such
Indenture.

         If an Event of Default referred to in subparagraphs (d) or (e) (see
"Description of the Notes--Events of Default") has occurred, then and in every
such case the unpaid principal of the Class A Notes, together with interest
accrued but unpaid thereon, and all other amounts due to the Class A
Noteholders under the Applicable Indenture, shall immediately and without
further act become due and payable. 

         If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
then and in every such case, the Applicable Indenture Trustee shall deliver
written notice to the Collateral Agent specifying the percentage of Class A
Notes (based upon outstanding principal amount thereof) desiring to declare the
unpaid principal of the Class A Notes, together with accrued but unpaid
interest thereon, and all other amounts due and payable to the Class A
Noteholders to be immediately due and payable.  As described above under
"Description of the Notes--Events of Default" none of the Class A Notes issued
under any Indenture will be accelerated unless Class A Noteholders representing
more than 50% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class A Notes of all
Series declare that an Event of Default has occurred.  See "Risk Factors--
Limited Control".
<PAGE>
The Indenture Trustees

         The Indenture Trustee with respect to each Series will be named in the
Prospectus Supplement. Newcourt and its affiliates may from time to time enter
into banking and trustee relationships with the Indenture Trustees and their
respective affiliates.  Newcourt and its affiliates may hold Notes in their own
names; however, any Notes so held shall not be entitled to participate in any
decisions made or instructions given to any Indenture Trustee by the
Noteholders as a group.  

         The Indenture Trustee's responsibilities will be generally ministerial
in nature, consisting principally of the distribution of monies received from
the Collateral Agent, the authentication and registration of transfer of Notes
issued under the Applicable Indenture, the delivery of certain information
received from the Seller and the communication to the Collateral Agent of the
percentage of Notes represented by such Indenture Trustee desirous of taking
certain actions.

         For purposes of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdictions in
which any part of the Trust Assets may at the time be located, each Indenture
Trustee will have the power to appoint a co-trustee or separate trustee of all
or any part of the Trust Assets.  To the extent permitted by law, all rights,
powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon an Indenture Trustee
will be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by such Indenture
Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any
jurisdiction in which such Indenture Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified
to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who
shall exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely
at the direction of such Indenture Trustee.

         Each Indenture Trustee may resign at any time, in which event a
successor Indenture Trustee will be appointed as provided in the Applicable
Indenture.  The Servicer may also remove an Indenture Trustee if such Indenture
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Applicable
Indenture.  In such circumstances, a successor Indenture Trustee will be
appointed as provided in the Applicable Indenture.  Any resignation or removal
of an Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee does
not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor
Indenture Trustee.

Governing Law

         Each Indenture will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Amendments

         At any time and from time to time, (i) the Issuer Trustee, the Seller,
the Collateral Agent and the Applicable Indenture Trustee, with the written
consent of a Majority in Interest of the Class A Noteholders represented
thereby, may execute a supplement to the Applicable Indenture for the purpose
of adding provisions to, or changing or eliminating provisions of, the
Applicable Indenture (including any appendix or schedule hereto) and (ii) the
Applicable Indenture Trustee, with the written consent of a Majority in
Interest of the Class A Noteholders represented thereby, may consent to or
execute a written amendment of or supplement to, or waiver or consent under,
the Pooling Agreement or any Supplement; provided, however, that, without the
<PAGE>
consent of each Class A Noteholder under the Applicable Indenture, no such
amendment, supplement, waiver or consent shall 

                      (i)   reduce the amount or extend the time of payment of
         any amount owing or payable under any Class A Note or (except as
         provided in this Indenture) increase or reduce the interest payable on
         any Class A Note (except that only the consent of the affected
         Noteholder shall be required for any decrease in an amount of or the
         rate of interest payable on such Class A Note or any extension for the
         time of payment of any amount payable under such Class A Note), or
         alter or modify the provisions of the Pooling Agreement with respect to
         the order of priorities in which distributions thereunder shall be made
         or with respect to the amount or time of payment of any such
         distribution, 

                      (ii)  reduce, modify or amend any indemnities in favor of
         any Noteholder or in favor of or to be paid by the Seller, or alter the
         definition of "Indemnitees" to exclude any Noteholder (except as
         consented to by each Person adversely affected thereby), 

                    (iii)   make any Class A Note payable in money other than
         U.S. dollars,
 
                      (iv)  modify, amend or supplement the provisions of the
         Pooling Agreement relating to amendments, waivers and supplements to
         the Indentures, the Pooling Agreement or any other document, or 

                      (v)   modify the definition of "Majority in Interest" (as
         defined in the Applicable Indenture) or the percentage of Noteholders
         required to effect any modification of such Applicable Indenture.
<PAGE>
                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
Transfer of Contracts

         As of each Cut-Off Date, all or certain of the Financing Originators
will sell the Contracts to the Seller, which Contracts will be immediately sold
to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.  Under commercial law, the
transfer of the Contracts to the Trust is either a sale of the Contracts to the
Trust or a grant of a security interest in such property to the Trust.  The
Seller has taken and will take all actions that are required under applicable
law to perfect the Trust's interest in the Contracts in the event the transfer
by the Seller to the Trust is deemed to be a loan for commercial law purposes,
and it is the intent of the Seller that the Trust will at all times have a
first priority perfected security interest in the Contracts and in the proceeds
thereof, with certain exceptions.  The Seller will represent and warrant upon
the execution of the Pooling Agreement and as of each Closing Date and, with
respect to Additional Contracts, as of each Addition Date that such sale to the
Trust constitutes a valid sale to the Trust of all right, title and interest of
the Seller in and to the Original Contracts and any Additional Contracts. The
Seller will also represent and warrant to the Trust that, in the event the sale
of such Contracts by the Seller to the Trust is deemed to create a security
interest under the UCC (as in effect in California), there will exist a valid,
subsisting and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in the
Contracts, in existence at the time of the formation of the Trust with respect
to the Original Contracts or at the Addition Date of any Additional Contracts,
in favor of the Trust.  For a discussion of the Trust's rights arising from
these representations and warranties not being satisfied, see "The Pooling
Agreement Generally--Representations and Warranties".

         Financing statements covering the Contracts will be filed under the UCC
as in effect in California by the Seller, the Trust and the Collateral Agent to
perfect their respective interests in the Contracts and continuation statements
will be filed as required to continue the perfection of such interests.  In
addition, Newcourt will indicate in its books and records, including the
appropriate computer files relating to the Contracts that such Contracts have
been transferred by the Financing Originators to the Seller, by the Seller to
the Trust and by the Trust to the Collateral Agent, and stamp the related
Contract Files or otherwise mark such Contracts with a legend to the effect
that such Contracts have been transferred to the Trust and assigned to the
Collateral Agent and deliver to the Collateral Agent a computer file or
microfiche or written list containing a true and complete list of all Contracts
then being transferred to the Trust and all Secondary Contracts in which a
security interest is then being transferred to the Trust, identified by account
number and by the Discounted Contract Balance as of the related Cutoff Date.

         There are certain limited circumstances under applicable federal law in
which prior transferees of Contracts or Secondary Contracts could have an
interest in such contracts with priority over the Collateral Agent's interest. 
A tax or other government lien on property of Newcourt or the Seller arising
prior to the time a Contract or interest in a Secondary Contract is conveyed to
the Trust may also have priority over the interest of the Trust and the
Collateral Agent in such contract.  In addition, a lien on a Contract in favor
of a third party arising subsequent to the Closing Date on which such Contract
is transferred to the Trust may have priority over the interests of the
Noteholders of each subsequently issued Series in such Contract.  In such
event, because the proceeds of each Contract would be shared pro rata among all
outstanding Series of Notes, each Noteholder of an outstanding Series
(including each  outstanding Series issued prior to the creation of such lien)
<PAGE>
could be adversely affected thereby.  Under the Applicable Purchase Agreement,
each Financing Originator party thereto has (in the case of the Existing
Contracts) or will warrant to the Seller, and, under the Pooling Agreement, the
Seller will warrant to the Collateral Agent, that the Contracts have been
transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party (other than the
Subordinated Residual Interest, if any, assigned to any Residual Assignee) and
that the interests in Secondary Contracts transferred thereunder have been
transferred free and clear of the lien of any third party.  Each Financing
Originator, the Seller, the Issuer Trustee and the Trust Company will also
covenant that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or grant any lien on
any Contract or Secondary Contract included in the Trust, other than transfers
to the Trust and by the Trust to the Collateral Agent and assignments of a
Subordinated Residual Interest related to any Residual Investment.  In
addition, as described above under "The Seller", the Seller has been organized
as a "bankruptcy-remote" entity which is not engaged in any business or
activities unrelated to the transactions described herein.

Security Interests in Financed Vehicles

         The Contracts will include CSA's for transportation equipment,
including vehicles, subject to state certificate of title statutes.  Security
interests in vehicles registered in most states may be perfected by a notation
of the secured party's lien on the certificate of title for such vehicle,
depending on state law.  With respect to CSA's for vehicles, such liens would
be noted in the name of the related Financing Originator.  The Financing
Originator has been designated as the first and sole lien holder on the
certificate of title.  In the event the Vendor fails, due to clerical errors or
for any other reason, to effect such notation of the Financing Originator's
interest in a vehicle, the Financing Originator would not have a perfected
first priority security interest in such vehicle. As a result, the only
recourse of the Financing Originator vis-a-vis third parties would be against
the Obligor or the related Vendor on an unsecured basis.  However, the
Financing Originator believes that it has obtained a perfected first priority
security interest by notation with respect to almost all of the vehicles.

         Each Financing Originator will assign its security interest in the
individual vehicle to the Trust.  However, because of the significant
administrative burden and expense, neither the Financing Originator nor the
Trustee will amend the certificates of title to identify the Trust as the new
secured party and, accordingly, the Financing Originator will continue to be
named as the secured party on the certificates of title relating to the
vehicles.  In most states, such assignment is an effective conveyance of such
security interest without amendment of any lien noted on the related
certificates of title and the new secured party succeeds to the Financing
Originator's rights as the secured party as against creditors of the Obligor. 
In certain states, the Trustee may not have a perfected security interest in
the vehicle.  In such an event or in the event that the Financing Originator
did not have a perfected first priority security interest in the vehicle, the
only recourse of the Trust vis-a-vis third parties would be against an Obligor
on an unsecured basis or against the Financing Originator pursuant to its
repurchase obligation.  However, each Financing Originator will execute a power
of attorney to the Trustee authorizing the Trustee to designate the Trust as
the first and sole lien holder on the certificate of title.

         In the absence of fraud or forgery by an Obligor or administrative
error by state recording officials, the notation of the lien of the Financing
Originator on the certificate of title will be sufficient to protect the Trust
<PAGE>
against the rights of subsequent purchasers of a vehicle or a designation as
first lienholder by lenders who take a security interest in the vehicle.  If
there are any vehicles as to which the Financing Originator has failed to
perfect the security interest assigned to the Trust (i) such security interest
would be subordinate to, among others, holders of perfected security interests
and (ii) subsequent purchasers of such vehicles would take possession free and
clear of such security interest.  There also exists a risk in not identifying
the Trust as the new secured party on the certificate of title that, through
fraud or negligence, the security interest of the Trust could be released.

         In the event that the owner of a vehicle moves to a state other than
the state in which such vehicle is registered, under the laws of most states
the perfected security interest in the vehicle would continue for four months
after such relocation and thereafter until the owner titles the vehicle in such
state.  A majority of states generally require surrender of a certificate of
title to re-register a vehicle.  Accordingly, the Financing Originator must
surrender possession if it holds the certificates of title to such vehicle or,
in the case of vehicles originally registered in a state which provides for
notation of lien but does not require possession of the certificate of title by
the holder of the security interest in the related motor vehicle, the Financing
Originator would receive notice of surrender if the security interest in the
vehicle is noted on the certificate of title.  Accordingly, the Financing
Originator would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in
the vehicle in the state of relocation.  In states which do not require a
certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could
defeat perfection.  In the ordinary course of servicing its portfolio of motor
vehicle CSA's, the Financing Originator takes steps to effect such reperfection
upon receipt of notice of re-registration of information from the Obligor as to
relocation.  Similarly, when an Obligor sells a vehicle, the Financing
Originator must surrender possession of the certificates of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and accordingly will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before release
of the lien.  Under the Pooling Agreement, the Servicer is obligated to take
such steps, at the Servicer's expense, as are necessary to maintain perfection
of security interests in the vehicles.

         Under the laws of many states, certain possessory liens for repairs
performed on a motor vehicle and storage, as well as certain rights in favor of
federal and state governmental authorities arising from the use of a motor
vehicle in connection with illegal activities, may take priority even over a
perfected security interest.  Certain federal tax liens may have priority over
the lien of a secured party.  In each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each
Financing Originator party thereto has (in the case of the Existing Contracts)
or will represent, and the Seller will represent in the Pooling Agreement that
it is has no knowledge of any such liens with respect to any vehicle.  However,
such liens could arise at any time during the term of a Contract.  No notice
will be given to the Indenture Trustee in the event such a lien arises.

         The Servicer on behalf of the Trust may take action to enforce the
Trust's security interest by repossession and resale of the vehicles securing
the related Contracts.  The actual repossession may be contracted out to third
party contractors.  Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a
creditor can repossess a motor vehicle securing a loan by voluntary surrender,
"self-help" repossession that is "peaceful" (i.e., without breach of the peace)
and, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the ability to repossess without
breach of the peace, by judicial process.  The UCC and consumer protection laws
in most states place restrictions on repossession sales, including requiring
<PAGE>
prior notice to the debtor and commercial reasonableness in effecting such a
sale.  In the event of such repossession and resale of a vehicle, the Trust
would be entitled to be paid out of the sale proceeds before such proceeds
could be applied to the payment of the claims of unsecured creditors or the
holders of subsequently perfected security interests or, thereafter, to the
debtor.

         Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is
entitled to obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on
repossession and resale of the motor vehicle securing such debtor's loan. 
However, some states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency
judgments.  In general, a defaulting Obligor may not have sufficient assets to
make the pursuit of a deficiency judgment worthwhile.

         Certain other federal and state statutory provisions, 
bankruptcy law, insolvency laws, and other laws affecting the rights of
creditors and debtors generally as well as general equitable principles may
limit or delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or
enforce a deficiency judgment.

         In addition, the Contracts may also include Leases of vehicles where
the Financing Originator is identified on the certificate of title as the owner
of the vehicle.  All right, title and interest of the Financing Originator in
each Lease and the related leased vehicle will be assigned to the Seller
pursuant to the Applicable Purchase Agreement.  Pursuant to the Pooling
Agreement, the Seller will transfer all of its right, title and interest in
each Lease and the related leased vehicle to the Trust.  Because of the
significant administrative burden and expense, neither the Financing Originator
nor the Trustee will amend the certificates  of title to identify the Trust as
the owner of the leased vehicle.  However, each Financing Originator will
execute a power of attorney in favor of the Trustee, authorizing the Trustee to
re-register the leased vehicles naming the Trust as the owner thereof on the
certificate of title.

Certain Contracts to be Held by Collateral Agent or Other Custodian

         The Seller will not be permitted to maintain Instruments in the United
States of America or any State thereof unless (i) a custody or similar
agreement (a "Custody Agreement") shall have been executed pursuant to which
the Collateral Agent or an authorized agent thereof which is not an affiliate
of the Seller (the Collateral Agent or such authorized agent, a "Custodian")
shall have agreed to possess all such Instruments on terms satisfactory to the
Collateral Agent, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, (ii) there shall have
been delivered to the Collateral Agent and each Rating Agency an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the Custody Agreement (together with any filings
necessary or desirable under the UCC) is effective to perfect the Lien of the
Collateral Agent in the Instruments and (iii) the Collateral Agent shall have
received confirmation from each Rating Agency that the maintenance of the
Instruments pursuant to the Custody Agreement will not result in a Ratings
Effect.

Certain Matters Relating to Bankruptcy

         Each Financing Originator will either (i) originate Contracts or (ii)
acquire End-User Contracts from a Vendor, which Contracts will be transferred
to the Seller.  In addition to the foregoing, certain of the Existing Contracts
were acquired by Newcourt from various Vendors and sold to Newcourt Financial
<PAGE>
USA Inc. pursuant to an Asset Transfer Agreement dated December 20, 1995 (the
"Asset Transfer Agreement").  The Discounted Contract Balance of such Contracts
(the "Purchased Contracts") represents less than 8% of the Discounted Contract
Balance of all Existing Contracts.  If the acquisition of an End-User Contract
by a Financing Originator or Newcourt is treated as a sale of such Contract
from the applicable Vendor to such Financing Originator or Newcourt, as
applicable, except in certain limited circumstances, such Contract would not be
part of such Vendor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to such
Vendor's creditors.  If a Vendor became a debtor in a bankruptcy case then, in
the case of End-User Contracts acquired as described in clause (ii) above, if
an unpaid creditor of such Vendor or a representative of creditors of such
Vendor, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or such Vendor acting as a debtor-in-
possession, were to take the position that the sale of such Contracts to the
Financing Originator or Newcourt, as applicable, was ineffective to remove such
Contracts from such Vendor's estate (for instance, that such sale should be
recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of such Vendor),
then delays in payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should
the court rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Vendor, reductions
in the amount of such payments could result.  Further, if the transfer of End-
User Contracts to Newcourt or to the Financing Originators as described in
clause (ii) above is recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on
the property of the pledging Vendor arising before the Contracts came into
existence may have priority over the Financing Originator's interest in the
Contracts.  No law firm will, in connection with any offering of the Notes,
express any opinion as to the issues discussed above.

         Further, if the acquisition of a Purchased Contract by Newcourt
Financial USA Inc. is treated as a sale of such Contract from Newcourt to such
Financing Originator, except in certain limited circumstances, such Contract
would not be part of Newcourt's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to
Newcourt's creditors.  If Newcourt became a debtor in a bankruptcy case then,
in the case of Purchased Contracts, if the transfer thereof pursuant to the
Asset Transfer Agreement is not treated as a sale, such Contract would be
available to satisfy claims against Newcourt.  Special Canadian counsel to
Newcourt has delivered on the Bridge Closing Date a reasoned legal opinion
that, based on the assumptions and qualifications contained therein, under the
laws of the Province of Ontario and the federal laws of Canada creditors of
Newcourt could not look successfully to the Purchased Assets to satisfy a claim
which they may have against the Seller, whether before or after a bankruptcy or
insolvency of the Seller, or in any proceeding instituted by or against the
Seller under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) or the Companies'
Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada).

         In each Applicable Purchase Agreement, each Financing Originator party
thereto has (in the case of the existing Contracts) or will warrant to the
Seller that the conveyance of the Contracts by it to the Seller is a valid sale
and transfer of such Contracts to the Seller.  In addition, each Financing
Originator and the Seller will treat the transactions described herein as a
sale of the Contracts to the Seller and each Financing Originator will take all
actions that are required under applicable law to perfect the Seller's
ownership interest in the Contracts sold by it and the Seller's security
interest in the Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Notes sold by it.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Financing Originator became a debtor in a
bankruptcy case and an unpaid creditor of such Financing Originator or a
representative of creditors of such Financing Originator, such as a trustee in
bankruptcy, or such Financing Originator acting as a debtor-in-possession, were
to take the position that the sale of Contracts to the Seller was ineffective
<PAGE>
to remove such Contracts from such Financing Originator's estate (for instance,
that such sale should be recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to secure
borrowings of such Financing Originator), then delays in payments under the
Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should the court rule in favor of such
creditor, representative or Financing Originator, reductions in the amount of
such payments could result.  If the transfer of Contracts to the Seller is
recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the property of the
pledging Financing Originator arising before the Contracts came into existence
may have priority over the Seller's interest in the Contracts.  If the
transactions contemplated herein are treated as a sale of Contracts to the
Seller, except in certain limited circumstances, the Contracts would not be
part of any Financing Originator's bankruptcy estate and would not be available
to such Financing Originator's creditors.

         In a recent decision, Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948
(10th Cir. 1993), the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit held
that, under the UCC, accounts sold by a debtor remain property of the debtor's
estate under Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.  In the event of a bankruptcy
of a Financing Originator, or, in the case of Contracts originated by a Vendor
and purchased by a Financing Originator, a bankruptcy of a Vendor, and a
determination by a court that the sale of the Contracts to the Seller or to the
Financing Originator, respectively, should be recharacterized as a pledge of
such Contracts to secure a borrowing, not as a "true sale," including as a
result of the application by a court of the Octagon court's reasoning to a
Financing Originator's sale of Contracts to the Seller or to a Vendor's sale of
Contracts to a Financing Originator, delays in distributions on Notes, and
possible reductions in the amount of distributions, could occur.

         The Seller will warrant in the Pooling Agreement (i) that the
conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust is a valid sale of the Contracts to
the Trust and (ii) that the security interest thereon granted by the Trust in
favor of the Collateral Agent is a valid and duly perfected security interest,
and will take all actions that are required under applicable law to perfect the
Trust's and the Collateral Agent's respective interests in the Contracts and
the Secondary Contracts securing Vendor Notes sold by it.  Nevertheless, if the
Seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and an unpaid creditor of
the Seller or a representative of creditors of the Seller, such as a trustee in
bankruptcy, or the Seller acting as a debtor-in-possession, were to take the
position that the sale of Contracts to the Trust was ineffective to remove such
Contract's from the Seller's estate (for instance, that such sale should be
recharacterized as a pledge of Contracts to secure borrowings of the Seller),
then delays in payments under the Contracts to the Trust could occur or, should
the court rule in favor of such creditor, representative or Seller, reductions
in the amount of such payments could result.  If the transfer of Contracts to
the Trust is recharacterized as a pledge, a tax or government lien on the
property of the Seller arising before the Contracts came into existence may
have priority over the Noteholder's interest in the Contracts.  

         If the transactions contemplated herein are treated as a sale of
Contracts, except in certain limited circumstances, the Contracts would not be
part of the transferor's estate and would not be available to such transferor's
creditors.

         A bankruptcy trustee or debtor in possession under the United States
Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.) (the "Bankruptcy Code")
has the right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract or unexpired
lease which is considered to be a "true lease" (and not a financing) under
<PAGE>
applicable law.  Any rejection of such a contract or lease would constitute a
breach of such contract or lease, as applicable, as of the day preceding the
commencement of the applicable bankruptcy case, entitling the nonbreaching
party to a pre-petition claim for damages. 
 
         Certain End-User Contracts will be "true leases" and thus subject to
rejection by the lessor under the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such End-User Contract
originated by a Financing Originator or acquired by a Financing Originator in a
transaction whereby such Financing Originator is the "lessor" thereunder, will
be subject to rejection by such Financing Originator, as debtor in possession,
or by such Financing Originator's bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection
Scheduled Payments under such rejected End-User Contract may terminate and the
Noteholders may be subject to losses if the Credit Enhancement, if any, and
security interests in the related Equipment is insufficient to cover the
losses.  In addition, any End-User Contract which is a "true lease" originated
by a Vendor and transferred to a Financing Originator in a transaction whereby
such Vendor continues to be the "lessor" thereunder (such as a transfer by a
Vendor to a Financing Originator of a security interest in such End-User
Contract or a transfer by a Vendor to a Financing Originator of an interest in
the right to payments only under any such End-User Contract), will be subject
to rejection by such Vendor, as debtor in possession, or by such Vendor's
bankruptcy trustee.  Upon any such rejection Scheduled Payments under such
rejected End-User Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to
losses if the Credit Enhancement, if any, and security interests in the related
Equipment are insufficient to cover the losses.

         Certain restrictions have been imposed on the Seller and the Trust 
certain other parties to the transactions described herein which are intended
to reduce the risk of an insolvency proceeding involving the Seller or the
Trust.  These restrictions include incorporating the Seller as a separate,
special purpose company pursuant to a certificate of incorporation containing
certain restrictions on the nature of its business.  Additionally, the Seller
may commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency
law, or cause the Trust to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any
bankruptcy or insolvency law, only upon the affirmative vote of all its
directors, including its independent directors, as long as the Seller is
solvent and does not reasonably foresee becoming insolvent.  The Seller's
certificate of incorporation requires that the Seller have at all times at
least one independent director.  In addition, the Seller has no intent to file,
and Newcourt and Newcourt USA have represented that they have no intent to
cause the filing of, a voluntary application under the insolvency laws with
respect to the Seller, as long as the Seller is solvent and does not reasonably
foresee becoming insolvent.  However, no assurance can be given that insolvency
proceedings involving either the Seller or the Trust will not occur.  In the
event the Seller becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, the Trust, the
Trust's interest in the Trust Assets, the Trust's obligation to make payments
on the Notes might also become subject to such insolvency proceedings.  In the
event of insolvency proceedings involving the Trust, the Trust's interest in
the Trust Assets and the Trust's obligation to make payments on the Notes would
become subject to such insolvency proceedings.  No assurance can be given that
insolvency proceedings involving Newcourt USA or either Financing Originator
would not lead to insolvency proceedings of either, or both, of the Seller or
the Trust. In either such event, or if an attempt were made to litigate any of
the foregoing issues, delays of distributions on the Notes, possible reductions
in the amount of payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and
limitations (including a stay) on the exercise of remedies under the
Indentures, the Pooling Agreement and the Note Documents could occur, although
<PAGE>
the Noteholders would continue to have the benefit of the Collateral Agent's
security interest in the Trust Assets under the Pooling Agreement.  

         The right of the Collateral Agent, as secured party under the 
Agreement for the benefit of the Noteholders to foreclose upon and sell the
Trust Assets is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy
laws, including the automatic stay pursuant to Section 362 of the Bankruptcy
Code, if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Trust,
and possibly the Seller, before or possibly even after the Collateral Agent has
foreclosed upon and sold the Trust Assets.  Under the bankruptcy laws, payments
on debts are not made and secured creditors are prohibited from repossessing
their security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of security
repossessed from such a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval.  Moreover,
the bankruptcy laws generally permit the debtor to continue to retain and to
use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt
instruments, provided generally that the secured creditor has the right to seek
"adequate protection".  The meaning of the term "adequate protection" may vary
according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value
of the security from any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result
of the use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the
bankruptcy case.  In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term
"adequate protection" and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court,
it is impossible to predict whether or to what extent the holders of the Notes
would be compensated for any diminution in value of the Trust Assets. 
Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines that the value of the
Trust Assets is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the
Noteholders would hold secured claims only to the extent of the value of the
Trust Assets to which the holders are entitled, and unsecured claims with
respect to such shortfall.  The bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or
accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys' fees during a debtor's
bankruptcy case unless, and then only to the extent, the claims are
oversecured. 

         If an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller were to occur, then
an Event of Default would occur with respect to each Series and, pursuant to
the terms of the Pooling Agreement, new Additional Contracts would not
thereafter be transferred to the Trust and, assuming the Trust Assets were not
then subject to being involved in a bankruptcy case, the Collateral Agent would
sell the Contracts, thereby causing early termination of the Trust and would
use the proceeds of such sale to pay the outstanding principal of and accrued
interest on the Class A Notes to the extent and in the order of priority
described under "Description of the Notes--Allocations--Following an Event of
Default".  The Class A Noteholders would suffer a loss if the sum of (i) the
proceeds of the sale allocable to the Class A Noteholders and (ii) the proceeds
of any collections on the Contracts in the Collection Account allocable to the
Class A Noteholders is insufficient to pay the Class A Noteholders in full.  

         The occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
receivership with respect to the Servicer will result in a Servicer Default. 
If no other Servicer Default other than the occurrence of an Insolvency Event
with respect to the Servicer exists, an unpaid creditor of the Servicer or a
representative of creditors of the Servicer, such as a trustee in bankruptcy,
or the Servicer acting as a debtor-in-possession, would have the power to
prevent either the Indenture Trustees, the Collateral Agent or the Noteholders
from appointing a successor Servicer.
<PAGE>
         State laws impose requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure
sales and obtaining deficiency judgments following such sales.  In the event
that the Noteholders must rely on repossession and disposition of any Equipment
to recover amounts due on Defaulted Contracts, such amounts may not be realized
because of the application of these requirements and restrictions.  Other
factors that may affect the ability of the Noteholders to realize the full
amount due on a Contract or Secondary Contract include the failure to file
financing statements to perfect the Financing Originator's, Seller's, Issuer
Trustee's or Collateral Agent's security interest, as applicable, in the
Equipment or other Applicable Security, depreciation, obsolescence, damage or
loss of any item of Equipment, and the application of Federal and state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws.  As a result, the Noteholders may be subject to
delays in receiving payments and losses if the Credit Enhancement, if any, is
insufficient to cover the delayed payments and losses.

         If a court, in a lawsuit by an unpaid creditor of a Financing
Originator or by a representative of creditors of such Financing Originator,
such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or by such Financing Originator acting as a
debtor-in-possession, were to find that, at the time of or as a result of any
transfer by such Financing Originator of Contracts pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement, (i) (A) such Financing Originator entered into such transaction with
the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (B) such Financing
Originator received less than a reasonably equivalent value or fair
consideration as a result of such transfer and (ii) such Financing Originator
(A) was insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by such transfer, (B) was
engaged in a business or transaction for which its assets constituted
unreasonably small capital after such transfer or (C) intended to incur, or
believed that it would incur, indebtedness beyond its ability to pay as the
obligations under such indebtedness matured (as the foregoing terms are defined
in or interpreted under the relevant fraudulent conveyance statutes), such
court could invalidate such transfer to the Seller or to the Trust, or
substantively consolidate the Seller, the Trust and such Financing Originator,
or subordinate the rights of the Noteholders to the rights of unsecured
creditors of such Financing Originator, or take other actions that would be
adverse to the Noteholders.

         The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary
depending on the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied.  Generally,
however, an entity would be considered insolvent if the fair saleable value of
its assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including contingent
liabilities) or the amount that will be required to pay its probable
liabilities on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured.  Each
Financing Originator believes that it is entering into these transactions
(including the transfers of Contracts pursuant to each Applicable Purchase
Agreement to which it is a party) for proper purposes and in good faith and
that the purchase price for the Contracts identified in each Purchase Agreement
to which it is a party do and will represent reasonably equivalent value or
fair consideration for the transfers of such Contracts to the Seller.

         The Seller will receive, on the First Closing Date, a certificate from
Newcourt Financial USA Inc. to the effect that (i) such Financing Originator
did not intend, in entering into the Original Purchase Agreement and
consummating the transactions contemplated thereby, to hinder, delay or defraud
either then present or future creditors or any other person to which such
Financing Originator was or would thereafter become, as of or after the
consummation of such transactions, indebted and (ii) the purchase price for the
Contracts sold under the Original Purchase Agreement represented reasonably
<PAGE>
equivalent value or fair consideration as a result of the transfers of such
Contracts to the Seller. Prior to the consummation of a further sale of
Contracts under a Subsequent Purchase Agreement the Seller will receive a
certificate from each Financing Originator to the effect that (i) such
Financing Originator did not intend, in entering into such Purchase Agreement
and consummating the transactions contemplated thereby, to hinder, delay or
defraud either then present or future creditors or any other person to which
such Financing Originator was or would thereafter become, as of or after the
consummation of such transactions, indebted and (ii) the purchase price for the
Contracts to be sold under such Purchase Agreement represents reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration as a result of the transfers of such
Contracts to the Seller.  There can be no assurance, however, that a court
would reach the same conclusion.

         No law firm will, in connection with any offering of the Notes, express
any opinion as to federal or state laws relating to fraudulent transfers.

         Certain states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC
("Article 2A"), which purports to codify many provisions of existing common
law.  Although there is little precedent regarding how Article 2A will be
interpreted, it may, among other things, limit enforceability of any
"unconscionable" lease or "unconscionable" provision in a lease, provide a
lessee with remedies, including the right to cancel the lease contract, for
certain lessor breaches or defaults, and may add to or modify the terms of
"consumer leases" and leases where the lessee is a "merchant lessee".  However,
in each Applicable Purchase Agreement each Financing Originator party thereto
has (in the case of the Existing Contracts) or will represent that (i) no
Contract is a "consumer lease" and (ii) each Obligor has accepted the equipment
leased to it and, after reasonable opportunity to inspect and test, has not
notified such Financing Originator of any defects therein.  Article 2A,
moreover, recognizes typical commercial lease "hell or high water" rental
payment clauses and validates reasonable liquidated damages provisions in the
event of lessor or lessee defaults.  Article 2A also recognizes the concept of
freedom of contract and permits the parties in a commercial context wide degree
of latitude to vary provisions of the law.

Vendor Notes and Vendor Recourse Contracts

         The Vendor Notes are, by their terms, payable solely from the proceeds
of the Secondary Contracts securing such Vendor Notes, and do not generally
represent obligations of the Vendor (except that Secondary Contracts may be
covered by such Vendor's UNL Pool or other forms of Vendor recourse). 
Consequently, Noteholders must rely solely upon the Secondary Contracts and any
other Applicable Security, if any, for the payment of principal of, and
interest on, the related Vendor Notes.  As noted above, any Secondary Contract
which is a "true lease" originated by a Vendor will be subject to rejection by
such Vendor, as debtor in possession, or by such Vendor's bankruptcy trustee. 
Upon any such rejection Scheduled Payments under such rejected Secondary
Contract may terminate and the Noteholders may be subject to losses if the
Credit Enhancement, if any, and security interests in the related Equipment are
insufficient to cover the losses.  Further, as noted under above, a tax or
government lien on the property of the pledging Vendor arising before a
Secondary Contract came into existence may have priority over the Financing
Originator's interest in such Secondary Contract.  

          Certain Vendor Assignments and certain Program Assignments provide
that the Financing Originator has recourse to the related Vendor for all or a
<PAGE>
portion of the losses the Financing Originator may incur as a result of a
default under the End-User Contracts sold under such Vendor Assignment or
Program Assignment.  In the event of a Vendor's bankruptcy, a bankruptcy
trustee, a creditor or the Vendor as debtor in possession might attempt to
characterize sales to the Financing Originators pursuant to such Vendor
Assignments or Program Assignments as loans to the Vendor from the Financing
Originator secured by the Contracts sold thereunder.  If such an attempt is
successful, such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment would be subject to
the risks described herein for Vendor Notes.  In such case the Contracts sold
under such Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment would constitute Secondary
Contracts under the recharacterized Vendor Assignment or Program Assignment.
<PAGE>
                       CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

         Set forth below is a general discussion of the federal income tax
consequences to holders of Class A Notes of each Series offered hereby. 
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, special tax counsel to the Seller ("Tax
Counsel") has delivered its opinion to the Seller as of the date of this
Prospectus to the effect that the discussion set forth below, subject to the
qualifications set forth therein, accurately describes the material federal
income tax consequences to holders of Class A Notes, under existing law and the
assumptions stated therein.  The discussion does not purport to deal with all
aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders of the Class
A Notes in light of their personal investment circumstances, nor to certain
types of holders subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws
(for example, banks, securities dealers, life insurance companies and
tax-exempt organizations).  The discussion does not, moreover, purport to
furnish information in the level of detail or with attention to an investor's
specific tax circumstances that would be provided by an investor's own tax
advisor.  Prospective investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors
with regard to the federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of
Class A Notes, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any
state, foreign country or other jurisdiction.  This discussion is based upon
present provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial or ruling
authority, all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive. 
No ruling on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS").  Accordingly, each investor is advised to consult
its own tax advisors with regard to the tax consequences to it of investing in
Class A Notes.

         The discussion assumes that a Class A Note is issued in registered
form, has all payments denominated in U.S. dollars and has a term that exceeds
one year.  Moreover, the discussion assumes that the interest formula for the
Class A Notes meets the requirements for "qualified stated interest" under
Treasury regulations (the "OID Regulations") relating to original issue
discount ("OID"), and that any OID on the Class A Notes (i.e., any excess of
the principal amount of the Class A Note over its issue price) does not exceed
a de minimis amount (i.e., 1/4% of its principal amount multiplied by the
number of full years until its maturity date), all within the meaning of the
OID Regulations.  If those conditions are not satisfied, additional tax
considerations will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

Treatment of the Class A Notes as Indebtedness

         The Seller will agree, and the Class A Noteholders will agree by their
purchase of a Series of Class A Notes, to treat the Class A Notes as debt for
federal income tax purposes.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, Tax Counsel will deliver an opinion at closing that the
Class A Notes of a Series will be classified as debt for federal income tax
purposes.  The discussion below assumes that the Class A Notes of each Series
will be characterized as debt.

Treatment of the Trust

         In the opinion of Tax Counsel, the Trust will not be an association (or
publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation.  Therefore, in the
opinion of Tax Counsel, such Trust will not be subject to federal income tax.  
<PAGE>
U.S. Investors

         Assuming the Class A Notes of a Series are debt obligations for federal
income tax purposes, based on the above assumptions they will not be considered
issued with OID.  Interest thereon will be taxable as ordinary interest income
when received or accrued by holders utilizing the cash or accrual methods of
accounting, respectively.  Under the OID regulations, a holder of a Class A
Note issued with a de minimis  amount of OID must include such OID in income,
on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Class A Note.  A
purchaser who buys a Class A Note for more or less than its principal amount
will generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market
discount rules of the Code.

         Each Paying Agent will be required to report annually to the IRS, and
to each Class A Noteholder of record, the amount of interest paid on Notes (and
the amount of interest withheld for federal income taxes, if any) for each
calendar year, except as to exempt holders (generally, holders that are
corporations, tax-exempt organizations, qualified pension and profit-sharing
trusts, individual retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide
certification as to their status as nonresidents).  As long as the only "Class
A Noteholder" of record is Cede, as nominee for DTC, Class A Noteholders and
the IRS will receive tax and other information only from Participants and
Indirect Participants rather than the related Paying Agent.  Accordingly, each
nonexempt Noteholder (other than a Non-U.S. Investor, as described below) will
be required to provide, under penalties of perjury, a certificate on IRS Form
W-9 containing the holder's name, address, correct federal taxpayer
identification number and a statement that such holder is not subject to backup
withholding.  If a nonexempt Class A Noteholder fails to provide the required
certification, the Paying Agent (or the Participants or Indirect Participants)
will be required to withhold (or cause to be withheld) 31% of the interest (and
principal) otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld amount to
the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.

         As described above, Tax Counsel has provided an opinion that the Trust
will not be subject to federal income tax.  However, such opinion is not
binding on the IRS and thus no assurance can be given that such conclusion will
prevail.  If the IRS were to successfully contend that the Trust were an
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation the Trust
would be subject to federal income tax at corporate rates on its taxable income
generated by ownership of the Contracts.  Moreover, distributions by the entity
on the Class C Notes (and on any Class B Notes not treated as debt for federal
income tax purposes) would not be deductible in computing the entity's taxable
income.  Such an entity-level tax could result in reduced distributions to all
Noteholders, and the holders of any Series of Notes that were treated as equity
could also be liable for a share of such a tax.

Non-U.S. Investors

         Assuming that the Class A Notes of a Series will properly be classified
as debt for federal income tax purposes:

                 (a)      interest paid to a nonresident alien or foreign
         corporation or partnership would be exempt from U.S. withholding taxes
         (including backup withholding taxes), provided, that the holder
         complies with applicable identification requirements (and does not
         actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of the
         Seller or the beneficial interests in the Trust, is not a controlled
         foreign corporation with respect to the Seller or the holder(s) of<PAGE>
         beneficial interests in the Trust, and does not bear certain
         relationships to holders of the Class C Notes (or in certain cases to
         holders of Class B Notes that are not debt for federal income tax 
         purposes)).  Applicable identification requirements will be satisfied
         if there is delivered to a securities clearing organization (or bank or
         other financial institution that holds Notes on behalf of the customer
         in the ordinary course of its trade or business) (i) IRS Form W-8
         signed under penalties of perjury by the beneficial owner of the Class
         A Notes stating that the holder is not a U.S. person and providing such
         holder's name and address, (ii) IRS Form 1001 signed by the beneficial
         owner of the Class A Notes or such owner's agent claiming an exemption
         from withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (iii) IRS Form 4224
         signed by the beneficial owner of the Class A Notes or such owner's
         agent claiming exemption from withholding of tax on income connected
         with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; provided,
         that in any such case (x) the applicable form is delivered pursuant to
         applicable procedures and is properly transmitted to the U.S. entity
         otherwise required to withhold tax and (y) none of the entities
         receiving the form has actual knowledge that the holder is a U.S.
         person or that any certification on the form is false;

                 (b)      a holder of a Class A Note of a Series who is a
         nonresident alien or foreign corporation will not be subject to U.S.
         federal income tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or redemption
         of such Class A Note, provided, that (i) such gain is not effectively
         connected to a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United
         States, (ii) in the case of a holder that is an individual, such holder
         is not present in the United States for 183 days or more during the
         taxable year in which such sale, exchange or redemption occurs, and
         (iii) in the case of gain representing accrued interest, the conditions
         described in clause (a) are satisfied; and

                 (c)      a Class A Note held by an individual who at the time
         of death is a nonresident alien will not be subject to U.S. federal 
         estate tax as a result of such individual's death if, immediately
         before his death, (i) the individual did not actually or constructively
         own 10% or more of the voting stock of the Seller, and does not bear
         certain relationships to holders of the Class C Notes or to certain
         holders of the Class B Notes that are not debt for federal income tax
         purposes, and (ii) the holding of such Class A Note was not effectively
         connected with the conduct by the decedent of a trade or business in
         the United States. 

         If the Trust were treated as an association (or publicly traded 
partnership) taxable as a corporation, distributions to Noteholders could be
reduced as described under "--United States Investors", and interest on any
Notes characterized as equity for federal income tax purposes could be treated
as dividends subject to U.S. withholding tax.

                        STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAXATION

         The discussion above does not address the tax treatment of the Trust,
the Class A Notes of any Series, the Class A Noteholders under state and local
tax laws or foreign tax laws.  Prospective investors are urged to consult their
own tax advisors regarding the state and local tax treatment of the Trust and
the Class A Notes, and the consequences of purchase, ownership or disposition
of the Class A Notes under any state or local tax law or any foreign tax law,
if applicable.<PAGE>
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain employee
benefit plans ("Benefit Plans") from engaging in specified transactions
involving plan assets with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or "disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to the plan.  A violation
of these "prohibited transaction" rules may generate excise tax and other
liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.  For example, a
prohibited transaction would arise, unless an exemption were available, if a
Note were viewed as debt of the Seller and the Seller was a disqualified person
or a party in interest with respect to a Benefit Plan that acquired the Note.  

         Moreover, additional prohibited transactions could arise if Trust 
Assets were deemed to constitute assets of any Benefit Plan that owned Notes. 
The Department of Labor ("DOL") has issued a final regulation concerning the
definition of what constitutes "plan assets" subject to the fiduciary and
prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the Code (the "Plan Asset
Regulation").  Under the Plan Asset Regulation, the assets and properties of
corporations, partnerships and certain other entities such as the Trust in
which a Benefit Plan acquires "an equity interest" could be deemed to be plan
assets subject to these rules in certain circumstances.  Although it is
anticipated that the Notes should be treated as debt rather than equity, no
assurance can be given that this will in fact be the characterization of the
Notes for these purposes.  If the Notes were to be treated as equity interests
rather than as debt, the Trust would  be deemed to hold plan assets unless one
of two exceptions described below were applicable to the Trust.

         The Plan Asset Regulation contains an exception to the "look through"
treatment described in the preceding paragraph if a Benefit Plan acquires a
"publicly-offered security".  A publicly-offered security is a security that is
(i) freely transferable, (ii) part of a class of securities that is owned by
100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another at the
conclusion of the initial offering and (iii) either is (A) part of a class of
securities registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, or (B)
part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Act and the class of securities of which such
security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days (or
such later time as may be allowed by the Commission) after the end of the
fiscal year of the issuer during which the offering of such securities to the
public occurred.  There are no restrictions imposed on the transfer of the
Notes, which will be sold as part of an offering pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Act and then will be timely registered under
the Exchange Act.

         The offering of the Notes will likely not meet the criteria of the
publicly-offered security exception under the Plan Asset Regulation, and no
monitoring or other measures will be taken to determine whether such criteria
are met.

         The Plan Asset Regulation also provides that an entity's assets will
not be deemed to be plan assets if equity participation in the entity by
"benefit plan investors" is not "significant".  Equity participation in an
entity by benefit plan investors is not significant on any date if, immediately
after the most recent acquisition of any equity interests in the entity, less
than 25% of the value of each class of equity interests in the entity is held
by benefit plan investors.  For purpose of determining whether this limitation
<PAGE>
is met, the value of any equity interests held by any person, other than a
benefit plan investor, with discretionary authority or control with respect the
assets of the entity or any person who provides investment advice for a fee
with respect to such assets, or any affiliate of such person, is excluded.  No
assurance can be given that the criteria for this exception will be satisfied
at any particular time, and no monitoring or other measures will be taken to
determine whether such criteria are met.

         If the Notes fail to meet the criteria of the exceptions discussed
above and the Trust Assets are deemed to include plan assets subject to
regulation under ERISA and the Code, transactions involving the Trust and
"parties in interest" or "disqualified persons" with respect to investing
Benefit Plans might be prohibited unless an exemption is available.  Thus, for
example, if the employer that maintains any Benefit Plan is an Obligor under
one of the Contracts, under a DOL interpretation the purchase of such related
Notes by such Benefit Plan could constitute a prohibited transaction.  There
can be no assurance that an exemption would apply to each transaction involving
Trust Assets.

         In light of the foregoing, fiduciaries of a Benefit Plan considering
the purchase of Notes should consult their own counsel as to whether the
acquisition of such Notes would be a prohibited transaction, whether Trust
Assets which are represented by such Notes would be considered plan assets, the
consequences that would apply if the Trust Assets were considered plan assets
and the applicability of exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction
rules.
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a note agency
or underwriting agreement (any such agreement, an "Underwriting Agreement"),
the Seller will agree to sell to each of the underwriters named therein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement and each of such underwriters will agree to
purchase from the Seller the principal amount of Class A Notes set forth
therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. 

         In each Underwriting Agreement, the several underwriters will agree,
unless otherwise set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Class A Notes
described therein which are offered hereby and by the related Prospectus
Supplement if any of such Class A Notes are purchased.  In the event of a
default by any such underwriter, each Underwriting Agreement will provide that,
in certain circumstances, purchase commitments of the nondefaulting
underwriters may be increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.

         Each Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which
the related Series of Class A Notes being offered thereby will be offered to
the public and any concessions that may be offered to certain dealers
participating in the offering of such Series of Class A Notes or (ii) specify
that such Series of Class A Notes are to be resold by the underwriters in
negotiated transactions at varying prices to be determined at the time of such
sale.  After the initial public offering of any Series of Class A Notes, the
public offering price and such concessions may be changed.

         Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that Newcourt and the Seller
will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.

         The Collateral Agent may, from time to time, invest the funds in the
Collection Account, the Reserve Account and any other account maintained by the
Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pooling Agreement or any Supplement in
Eligible Investments acquired from the underwriters.

         The obligation of each underwriter to purchase any Series of Class A
Notes will be subject to conditions precedent specified in the related
Underwriting Agreement.

         The place and time of delivery for the Series of Class A Notes in
respect of which this Prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters relating to the Notes will be passed upon for the
Seller and the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, New York, New
York and for any underwriters, agents or dealers by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
(a partnership which includes professional corporations), New York, New York. 
Certain federal income tax matters will be passed upon for the Seller by
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, New York, New York.
<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS
                                                                            Page

Accrual Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54 
ADCB  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54 
Addition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 
Addition Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 
Additional Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 
Additional Series Enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71 
Adjusted Scheduled Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 
Aggregate Principal Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 
Allocated Series Discounted Contract Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 
Applicable Class Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 
Applicable Indenture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 15 
Applicable Indenture Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Applicable Purchase Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82 
Applicable Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20 
Article 2A  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 109 
Asset Transfer Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 104 
Available Amounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64 
Bankruptcy Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 105 
Benefit Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22 
Benefit Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 
Bridge Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13 
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 
CEDEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78 
Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75 
Citibank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78 
Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Class A Noteholder  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78 
Class A Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Class A Principal Payment Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55, 56 
Class B Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18 
Class B Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Class B Principal Payment Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55 
Class C Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18 
Class C Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Class C Principal Payment Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 
Collateral Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11, 69 
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 
Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 
Commitment Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 
Contract Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  83 
Contract Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Credit Enhancement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18 
Credit Enhancer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72 
CSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Custodian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 
Custody Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 
Cutoff Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Defaulted Contract  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69 
Definitive Class A Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  80 
<PAGE>
Depositaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78 
Depository  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 
Discounted Contract Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56 
Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76 
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13 
DOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 
Eligible Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86, 87 
Eligible Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 
Eligible Secondary Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  87 
End-User  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
End-User Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 40 
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 
Euroclear Operator or Euroclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78 
Event of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73 
Excess Concentration Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  89 
Excess Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  89 
Excess Spread Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 
Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 
Excluded Amounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36 
Existing Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
Existing Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
FDIC  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 
Financed Items  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 40 
Financing Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Financing Originators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 
First Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 
Guaranteed Residual Investment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44 
Hedging Counterparty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62 
Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81 
Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Indirect Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79 
Ineligible Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88, 89 
Initial Principal Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 
Insolvency Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32 
Insolvency Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46 
Insurance Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  83 
Interest Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16 
Interest Rate Hedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62 
IPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 
Issuer Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
L/C Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72 
LCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51 
Lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Lender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
Lessee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Maturity Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16 
Minimum Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75 
Minimum Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11 
Minimum Reserve Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63 
MLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37 
MLA Supplement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37 
Monthly Report  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77 
<PAGE>
Moody's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23 
Morgan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78 
Net Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 
New Issuance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59 
Newcourt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Newcourt Advance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 
Newcourt Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47 
Newcourt USA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 
Non-Transferrable Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82 
Non-Vendor Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Note Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74 
Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18 
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
NRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Obligor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10 
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 
OID Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 
Operative Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 
Opinion of Counsel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60 
Optional Prepayments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24 
Original Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 
Original Purchase Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52 
Parrish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50 
Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79 
Permitted Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  86 
Plan Asset Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 
Pooling Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Prepaid Contract  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 
Prepayment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24 
Prepayment Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 
Principal Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 
Program Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 
Program Assignment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 109 
Prospectus Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Purchase Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82 
Purchased Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 104 
Qualified Institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70 
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23 
Ratings Effect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25 
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76 
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69 
Registration Statement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 
Required Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75 
Required Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34 
Reserve Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11, 70 
Reserve Account Allocation Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 
Residual Assignee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44 
Residual Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26 
Restricting Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75 
S&P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23 
Scheduled Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57 
Secured Note  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 39 
Secured or Unsecured Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Secured Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19 
Securities Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 
Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Series  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
<PAGE>
Series ADCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 
Series Allocation Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 
Series Arrearage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 
Series Available Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 
Series Discount Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 
Series Enhancement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17 
Series Expected Cash Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65 
Series Issuance Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53 
Service Transfer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  91 
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Servicer Advance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21, 90 
Servicer Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  91 
Services  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 10, 40 
Servicing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76 
Servicing Fee Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76 
Software  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 10, 40 
Spread Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73 
Subordinated Note Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58 
Subordinated Noteholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18 
Subordinated Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Subordinated Residual Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26, 44 
Subsequent Purchase Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82 
Supplement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 
Tax Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61 
Termination Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  91 
Transfer Deposit Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88 
Transfer Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74 
Transferred Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19, 83 
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 
Trust Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 
Trust Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  87 
Trust Termination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  82 
UCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26 
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 
UNL Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42 
Unsecured Note  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 
Vendor Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12 
Vendor Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13, 43 
Vendor Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 41 
Vendors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12, 41 
<PAGE>
                        NEWCOURT RECEIVABLES ASSET TRUST


                           $169,810,862 CLASS A 6.87%
                               ASSET BACKED NOTES
                                 SERIES 1996-2



                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT



                                  First Union
                             Capital Markets Corp.

                            Deutsche Morgan Grenfell

                                Lehman Brothers



Until December 11, 1996 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement),
all dealers effecting transactions in the Series 1996-2 Class A Notes, whether
or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a
Prospectus Supplement and a Prospectus. The delivery requirement is in addition
to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and a
Prospectus when acting as underwriter(s) and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.


September 12, 1996




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission